PS/PCL/UFR II Printer Guide - Canon Europe

Please read this guide before operating this product.After you finish reading this guide, store it in a safe place for future reference.

PS/PCL/UFR II Printer GuidePS/PCL/UFR II Printer Guide

ENG

0

imagePRESS C1+PS/PCL/UFR IIPrinter Guide

0

Ot¯

The manuals for this machine are divided as follows. Please refer to them for detailed information.* Indicates the manuals supplied with optional equipment. Depending on the system configuration and product purchased, some manuals may not be needed.

Manuals for the Machine

Guides with this symbol are printed manuals. Guides with this symbol are included on the accompanying CD-ROM.CD-ROM

• Quick Reference for Basic OperationsFor Basic Operations ➞ Basic Features For Additional Functions ➞ To Suit Your Needs

Easy Operation Guide CD-ROM

• Case Example Instructions on Clear Coating Case Examples for Clear Coating

CD-ROM

• Basic InformationUser's Guide

• Basic Operations• Troubleshooting Reference Guide CD-ROM

• Coating InstructionsCoating Guide CD-ROM

• Copying and Mail Box Instructions Copying and Mail Box Guide

CD-ROM

• Sending InstructionsSending Guide* CD-ROM

• Remote User Interface InstructionsRemote UI Guide CD-ROM

• Network Connectivity and Setup InstructionsNetwork Guide CD-ROM

• Necessary Operations before Scanning from the Windows Computers and Instructions on Scanning

Network ScanGear Guide CD-ROM

• Windows Network ScanGear Installation and Instructions Network ScanGear

Installation Guide*CD-ROM

• PS/PCL/UFR II Printer and Direct Printing Instructions PS/PCL/UFR II Printer

Guide*(This Document)

CD-ROM

• Job Hold InstructionsJob Hold Guide* CD-ROM

• Necessary Operations before Printing from the Windows Computers and Instructions on Printing Windows Printer Driver

GuideCD-ROM

• Windows Printer Driver Installation and Instructions Printer Driver Installation

Guide*CD-ROM

• Necessary Operations before Printing from the Macintosh Computers and Instructions on Printing Mac Printer Driver Guide CD-ROM

• Mac OS X PS Printer Driver Installation and Instructions Mac PS Driver Guide* CD-ROM

• Mac OS X UFR II Printer Driver Installation and Instructions Mac UFR II Driver Guide* CD-ROM

• Installing MEAP Applications and Using the Login Service MEAP SMS Administrator

GuideCD-ROM

To view the manual in PDF format, Adobe Reader/Adobe Acrobat Reader is required. If Adobe Reader/Adobe Acrobat Reader is not installed on your system, please download it from the Adobe Systems Incorporated website.

Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine

Chapter 2 Handling Different Print Jobs

Chapter 3 Printer Settings Menu

Chapter 4 Report Settings Menu

Chapter 5 How to Use the Direct Print Function

Chapter 6 Troubleshooting

Chapter 7 Appendix

Includes the available font lists, configuration page samples, specifications, and index.

How This Manual Is Organised

Considerable effort has been made to ensure that this manual is free of inaccuracies and omissions. However, as we are constantly improving our products, if you need an exact specification, please contact Canon.

v

ContentsPreface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi

How to Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiSymbols Used in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiKeys and Buttons Used in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiDisplays Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiIllustrations Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiAbbreviations Used in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiLicence Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiiTrademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiiCopyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xivDisclaimers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv

Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine

Printing Flow with This Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Printing with a Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Printing with the Direct Print Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5What Are Menu Functions?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Specifying the Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Settings Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Menus for Printer Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Accessing the Printer Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Accessing the Report Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Chapter 2 Handling Different Print Jobs

Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Checking Jobs from the System Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Checking and Changing Print Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Cancelling Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Handling Jobs from the System Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Cancelling All Operations (Reset Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Temporarily Stopping Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Handling Jobs from the System Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Form Feeding Print Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Handling a Job from the Print Basic Features Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Handling a Job from the System Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Skipping an Error during Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Handling a Job from the Print Basic Features Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Handling a Job from the System Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Printing Secured Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Handling Jobs from the System Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

Printing Encrypted Secured Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

vi

Chapter 3 Printer Settings Menu

Overview of Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Settings Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-132-Sided Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Paper Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Default Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Default Paper Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Paper Size Override. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Toner Save. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Density Fine Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Image Compression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Sharpness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Toner Volume Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Line Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Binding Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Back) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Auto Continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Job Securing Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Print After Completing RIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Finishing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Booklet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Saddle Stitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Creep Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35Transparency Interleaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36Copy Set Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Copy Set Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Print Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38Starting Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38Number Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39Density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39Number Position Vertical/Number Position Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

Personality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41Color Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41Gradation Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42Compressed Image Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43Initialize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

UFR II Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48CMS(Matching) Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48CMS(Matching)/Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49Paper Save. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50

vii

PCL Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51Paper Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51Font Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52Point Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52Form Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52Symbol Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53Custom Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53Unit of Measure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53X dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54Y dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54Append CR to LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55Enlarge A4 Print Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57RGB Source Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59Matching Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61CMS(Matching) Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61CMS(Matching)/Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63

PS Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64Job Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64Wait Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64Print PS Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64RGB Source Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67Matching Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68RGB Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69CMYK Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69Pure Black Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70Black Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71Combine Color Separations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72Spot Color Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73Composite Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75

Imaging Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76Image Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76Print Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77Show Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77Enlarge Print Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78RGB Source Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81Matching Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82RGB Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83

viii

CMYK Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83

PDF1.5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84Render Color Space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87Use Grayscale Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88Pure Black Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88Black Overprint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89Composite Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91Enlarge Print Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92N-up Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93Comment Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94Spot Color Matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95

Utility Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96Initialize PCL Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96Initialize PS Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96Reset Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97

Chapter 4 Report Settings Menu

Overview of Report Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

PCL Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Configuration Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Font List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

PS Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Configuration Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Font List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4RGB Test Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4CMYK Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4RGB Color Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5CMYK Color Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Chapter 5 How to Use the Direct Print Function

Overview of Direct Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Printing Directly from the Remote UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Printing PDF Files Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Printing PS/EPS Files Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Printing Image Files Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

Printing Directly Using the Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Chapter 6 Troubleshooting

Responding to Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Resetting the Machine after a Service Call Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

ix

When a Message Is Displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Printer Trouble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Print Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

Chapter 7 Appendix

Some Basic Facts about Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2What Is a Font? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Attributes of Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Typeface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Stroke Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Point Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Pitch (cpi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Character Width (Fixed and PS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Symbol Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Fonts and Scalable Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Bitmapped Fonts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Scalable Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Standard Scalable Fonts (PCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8OCR Sets Fonts (PCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Symbol Sets (For Scalable Typefaces Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9PS Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13Typeface Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

Standard Scalable Fonts (PCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15Bitmapped Fonts (PCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18OCR Code Scalable Fonts (PCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18PS Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28DeskTop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29ISO 8859-10 Latin 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30ISO French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31ISO German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31ISO Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32ISO Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32ISO Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33ISO Swedish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33ISO United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34Legal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34Math-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35MC Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35Microsoft Publishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36PC-1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36PC-775 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37PC-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37PC-8 D/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38PC-850 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38PC-852 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39PC-Turkish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Pi Font. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40PS Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40PS Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41Roman-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

x

Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42Ventura International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42Ventura Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Ventura US . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Windows 3.0 Latin 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44Windows 3.1 Latin 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44Windows 3.1 Latin 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45Windows 3.1 Latin 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45Windows Baltic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46Wingdings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46Unicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47OCR-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47OCR-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48Dingbats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48ISO Latin 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49PC-8 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49PC-858. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50PC-860. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50PC-865. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Roman 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

Configuration Page Samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52

RGB/CMYK Test Page Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54

Color Chart Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58Software Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59

Thank you for purchasing this Canon product. Please read this manual thoroughly before operating the machine in order to familiarise yourself with its capabilities, and to make the most of its many functions. After reading this manual, store it in a safe place for future reference.

Symbols Used in This ManualThe following symbols are used in this manual to explain procedures, restrictions, handling precautions, and instructions that should be observed for safety.

IMPORTANT.

Indicates operational requirements and restrictions. Be sure to read these items carefully to operate the machine correctly, and avoid damage to the machine.

NOTE.

Indicates a clarification of an operation, or contains additional explanations for a procedure. Reading these notes is highly recommended.

Keys and Buttons Used in This ManualThe following symbols, key, and button names are a few examples of how keys and buttons to be pressed or clicked are expressed in this manual:

• Touch Panel Display Keys:[Key Name]

• Control Panel Keys:Key icon

• Buttons on Computer Operation Screens:[Button Name]

Preface

How to Use This Manual

Examples: [Cancel]

[Done]

Examples:

Examples: [OK]

[Start Print] menu

xi

Displays Used in This ManualScreen shots of the computer displays and the touch panel display used in this manual may differ from the ones you actually see, depending on the options that come with your machine. Note that functions that cannot be used depending on the model or options, are not displayed on the touch panel display.

The keys or buttons which you should press or click are marked with a , as shown below.

When multiple keys or buttons can be pressed on the touch panel display, all keys are marked. Select the keys or buttons which suit your needs.

Illustrations Used in This ManualIllustrations of the machine used in this manual may not represent the exact appearance and configuration of the actual machine.

Abbreviations Used in This ManualIn this manual, product names and model names are abbreviated as follows:

Microsoft Windows operating system is referred to as Windows.

Press this key for operation.

Press [Printer Settings].

xii

Licence NoticeUFST: Copyright © 1989 - 2003 Monotype Imaging, Inc.

TrademarksMEAP and the MEAP logo are trademarks of Canon Inc.

Apple, Macintosh, and Truetype are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Windows, Windows logo, Windows Vista and Windows Vista logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.

Concerning typeface credit, the actual names on a FONT LIST for this machine may differ from those listed below.

CG, Intellifont, and UFST are trademarks of Agfa Monotype Corporation or its affiliated companies and may be registered in some jurisdictions.

Marigold and Oxford are trademarks of AlphaOmega Typography, Inc.

Apple, Apple Chancery, Chicago, Geneva, Hoefler Text, Monaco, and New York are trademarks of Apple Inc.

ITC AvantGarde Gothic, ITC Bookman, ITC Lubalin Graph, ITC Mona Lisa, ITC Symbol, ITC Zapf Chancery, and ITC Zapf Dingbats are registered trademarks of International Typeface Corporation.

Clarendon, Helvetica, New Century Schoolbook, Optima, Palatino, Stempel Garamond, and Times are trademarks of Linotype-Hell AG and its subsidiaries. Univers is a trademark of Linotype-Hell AG and its subsidiaries and may be registered in some jurisdictions.

Coronet is a registered trademark of Ludlow Type Foundry.

Wingdings is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

Albertus, Arial, Book Antiqua, Bookman Oldstyle, Century Gothic, GillSans, Joanna, and Times New Roman are trademarks of the Monotype Corporation plc., and may be registered in some jurisdictions.

CG Omega is a product of Agfa Corporation and CG Times, based on Times New Roman under licence from the Monotype Corporation plc, is a product of Agfa Corporation.

Eurostile is a trademark of Nebiolo.

Other product and company names herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.

xiii

CopyrightCopyright 2008 by Canon Inc. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or by any information storage or retrieval system without the prior written permission of Canon Inc.

DisclaimersThe information in this document is subject to change without notice.

CANON INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THEREOF, WARRANTIES AS TO MARKETABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF USE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. CANON INC. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE, OR LOSSES OR EXPENSES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL.

xiv

CHAPTER

1
Before You Start Using This Machine
This chapter describes how to set up the printing environment from the touch panel display.

Printing Flow with This Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Printing with a Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Printing with the Direct Print Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5What Are Menu Functions? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Menus for Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

Accessing the Printer Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Accessing the Report Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

1-1

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

Printing Flow with This Machine

Printing with a Printer DriverNormally, the series of operations involved in printing data from a computer is specified by control commands generated using a printer driver. Control commands are a command system for controlling a printer. For example, when printing using a printer driver, control commands print data according to the following flow.

NOTE

There are some print settings that cannot be specified from the printer driver. These settings are referred to as "Menu Functions" on the touch panel display. For menu configuration and how to set up the printer environment from the touch panel display, see "Menus for Printer Settings," on p. 1-7 and "Accessing the Printer Settings Menu," on p. 1-8.

a Using a printer driver, data to be printed is converted to control commands.

b Control command data is sent to the machine.

c Following the received control commands, the machine processes and prints the data.

R E P O R TR E P O R T

32

1

User Software CD-ROM

MachineComputer

ac

PrintControl commandsb

Printing Flow with This Machine1-2

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

This machine supports the following three kinds of control commands:

■ UFR II ModeUFR (Ultra Fast Rendering) is printing technology developed by Canon. High-speed printing is made possible by sharing the processing of print data normally done by the machine with the computer.

■ PCL ModePCL (Print Control Language), developed by Hewlett-Packard, is a command system for controlling page printers. Command versions supported by this machine are PCL5c and PCL6.

■ PostScript Emulation ModePS (PostScript), developed by Adobe, is a command system for controlling page printers. This mode emulates the operation of a printer in conformance with PostScript. The command version supported by this machine is PostScript 3 emulation.

IMPORTANT

• To print in the above printer modes, a Printer Driver supported by this machine must be installed.• In the above printer modes, "Settings Menu" and either "UFR II Settings," "PCL Settings," or "PS

Settings" are available from the touch panel display. For settings with these menus, see Chapter 3, "Printer Settings Menu."

Printing with the Direct Print FunctionPrinting with Direct Print can also be done with this machine. Direct Print is a print function that enables you to send PS/EPS, TIFF/JPEG, and PDF format files without using a printer driver from the computer to the machine, which recognises the file. Therefore, you can print without the need to open files.

You can specify PS/EPS, TIFF/JPEG, and PDF files to be printed from a Remote UI. You can print a PDF file by specifying the location on your computer or URL from the Remote UI.

You can also use the Direct Print function by entering a command (LPR command) in the command prompt.

Printing Flow with This Machine 1-3

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

IMPORTANT

• For information on how to operate Direct Print from a Remote UI, see the Chapter 5, "How to Use the Direct Print Function."

• There are some print settings that cannot be specified from a Remote UI. These settings are referred to as "Menu Functions" on the touch panel display. For menu configuration and how to set up the printer environment from the touch panel display, see "Menus for Printer Settings," on p. 1-7 and "Accessing the Printer Settings Menu," on p. 1-8.

• With Direct Print, "Settings Menu," "PS Settings," "Imaging Settings," and "PDF1.5 Settings" are available from the touch panel display. For settings with these menus, see Chapter 3, "Printer Settings Menu."

Printing Flow with This Machine1-4

Menu Functions

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

This section describes the menu functions and how to access them with the touch panel display.

What Are Menu Functions?

Specifying the Menu SettingsThe machine lets you specify settings, such as the number of copies and the paper size, to use when it receives a print job. These types of settings can be specified by the application sending the print job, or by the printer driver.

You can specify many settings which affect the printer function of the machine. These include some settings that cannot be specified remotely from an application or from the printer driver. These settings are referred to as "Menu Functions."

The menu functions are grouped together according to the type of settings, which makes them easy to set.

There are two ways you can specify the menu functions.

• Specifying the settings on the touch panel display: Display the Printer Settings screen on the touch panel display and specify the settings by pressing the keys on it.

• Specifying the settings on the Remote UI: You can specify some settings from your computer using your web browser.

NOTE

• This guide only explains how to specify the menu settings on the touch panel display. For instructions on specifying the menu settings on the Remote UI, please refer to the Remote UI Guide.

• The contents of the Printer Settings are stored in the nonvolatile memory of the machine. This means that the settings are stored even if the power to the machine is switched OFF, and therefore the settings will still be available when the power is switched ON again.

Menu Functions 1-5

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

Settings PrioritiesWhen the same menu function setting can be specified by using the keys on the machine or by specifying the setting in an application or the printer driver, the setting from the application or printer driver has priority. These settings will override the settings made on the machine.

For settings available only on the touch panel display or Remote UI, the most recently specified settings take priority.

The printer driver and Remote UI are included on the CD-ROM provided with the machine. For instructions on operating the printer driver and Remote UI, see the Windows Printer Driver Guide, Mac Printer Driver Guide, and Remote UI Guide.

ApplicationPrinter driver

Setting priority

High Low

Touch panel displayRemote UI

For items available only on the menu functions, the most recently specified settings take priority for items specified via the touch panel display or from the 'Additional Functions' menu in the Remote UI.Settings specified in 'Direct Print' menu of the Remote UI take priority over settings specified from the touch panel display or from the 'Additional Functions' menu in the Remote UI.Furthermore, settings specified in the touch panel display take priority over settings specified with tags in the IFD (Image File Directory), which are held in the header of TIFF data of an image file.

Settings priorities for Direct Printing

Some functions specified with tags held in the header of TIFF data may not take priority.

[Direct Print] menu in the Remote UI

Setting priority

High Low

[Additional Functions] menu in the Remote UI

Touch panel display Tag for TIFF data

Menu Functions1-6

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

Menus for Printer SettingsPrinter Settings are configured with the menus below.

■ Printer SettingsEnables you to specify or change settings for printing from the machine.The following menus are included within the Printer Settings menu.

• Settings MenuEnables you to specify or change settings common to all printer functions.

• UFR II/PCL/PS Settings MenusEnables you to specify or change settings for the operating mode when a UFR II/PCL/PS control command is received.

• Imaging/PDF1.5 Settings MenusEnables you to specify or change settings for the operating mode when Direct Print data is received.

■ Utility Menu• To initialise PCL or PS hard disk partition using "Initialize PCL Hard Disk" or "Initialize PS Hard Disk."

• To reset the printer's print functions using "Reset Printer."

Printer Settings

Imaging SettingsFor setting options available only when Imaging mode is operating.

PS SettingsFor setting options available only when PS mode is operating.

PDF1.5 SettingsFor setting options available only when PDF1.5 mode is operating.

Settings Menu (Common Menu)For various printer environment settings, such as Copies and 2-Sided Printing.

Utility MenuFor initialising the machine's hard disk, and resetting the printer functions.

PCL SettingsFor setting options available only when PCL mode is operating.

UFR II Settings For setting options available only when UFR II mode is operating.

Menu Functions 1-7

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

Accessing the Printer Settings Menu

The Printer Settings menu enables you to access common features. Below is an abbreviated outline of the Printer Settings menu structure. For a detailed description of all Printer Settings menu options, see Chapter 3, "Printer Settings Menu."

As an example, the sequence of steps for setting the default number of copies is shown on the following pages.

NOTE

Depending on the printer personality, some settings are not available. For details on the availability of settings, see Chapter 3, "Printer Settings Menu."

Settings

2-Sided Printing

UFR II

Imaging

PCL

PS

PDF1.5

Common Menu

1

9999

Paper Feed Letter

330 x 483 mmDefault Paper Type

Paper Size Override

Copies

Settings Setting Value

Default Paper Size

Utility Initialize PCL Hard Disk

Initialize PS Hard Disk

Reset Printer" " and " " indicate that settings or levels are omitted.

Accessing the Printer Settings Menu1-8

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

1 Press .

2 Press [Printer Settings].

3 Press [Settings].

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

0

1 2 3

?

Accessing the Printer Settings Menu 1-9

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

4 Press [Copies].

5 Press [-] or [+] to enter the number of copies.

If you enter a value outside the setting range, a message prompting you to enter an appropriate value appears on the screen.

6 Confirm the setting ➞ press [OK].

Accessing the Printer Settings Menu1-10

Accessing the Report Settings Menu

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

The Report Settings menu enables you to access report print features, such as checking the configuration. Below is an abbreviated outline of the Report Settings menu structure. For a detailed description of Report Settings menu options, see Chapter 4, "Report Settings Menu."

As an example, the sequence of steps for printing a Configuration Page is shown on the following pages.

Printer

Print List

ConfigurationPage

Font List

PCL

Settings

PS ConfigurationPage

RGB Color Chart

RGB Test Page

CMYK Test Page

Font List

CMYK Color Chart

Accessing the Report Settings Menu 1-11

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

1 Press .If necessary, see the illustration of the control panel in step 1 of "Accessing the Printer Settings Menu," on p. 1-8.

2 Press [Report Settings].

3 Press [Printer] under <Print List>.

4 Press [PCL].

Accessing the Report Settings Menu1-12

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

5 Press [Configuration Page].

6 Press [Yes] to print the page.

If you do not want to print the configuration page, press [No].

Accessing the Report Settings Menu 1-13

1

Bef

ore

You

Sta

rt U

sing

Thi

s M

achi

ne

If the printer function is working correctly, the Configuration Page will be similar to the sample below.

PCL Configuration Page

PS Configuration Page

Accessing the Report Settings Menu1-14

CHAPTER

2
Handling Different Print Jobs This chapter describes how to check and change print jobs from the touch panel display.
Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Checking Jobs from the System Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Checking and Changing Print Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Cancelling Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Cancelling All Operations (Reset Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Temporarily Stopping Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Form Feeding Print Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Skipping an Error during Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23Printing Secured Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Printing Encrypted Secured Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

2-1

2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs

You can check or change the status of print jobs from the touch panel display.

For example, you can change the priority of jobs in the print queue, cancel jobs, check the details of jobs, or print password protected Secured Print jobs or Encrypted Secured Print jobs.

By displaying the job list, you can check the jobs currently being processed or waiting to be processed. By displaying the Log, you can confirm that jobs have been processed.

Jobs can be handled from the Print Basic Features screen or the System Monitor screen in the touch panel display with this machine. This section describes the procedure for checking the current machine status from each screen.

IMPORTANT

• The My Job Status screen is displayed in the Print Basic Features screen if you are using a login service. Only jobs for a logged-in user are displayed in the job list, and therefore you can block other users from accessing the job names or documents to prevent the flow of information from the machine. To enhance security of the print environment, it is recommended that you normally handle jobs from the Print Basic Features screen.

• For instructions on a login service, see the MEAP SMS Administrator Guide.• For information on changing the priority of print jobs, checking the details and the log of jobs, or current

status, see Chapter 5, "Checking Job and Device Status," in the Reference Guide.• The items below relating to print jobs are not displayed if "Job Log Display" in System Settings (from the

Additional Functions screen) is set to [Off]. (The default setting is [On].)- [Log] in the Print Basic Features screen- [Log] in the System Monitor screen

• If "Allow Secured Print from Print Status Screen" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions screen) is set to [Off], you cannot print a secured print job from the System Monitor screen. (The default setting is [Off].)

Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs2-2

2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

• You can restrict the display of the System Monitor screen under the following conditions if "Display Status Before Authentication" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions screen) is set to [Off]. (The default setting is [On].) When "Display Status Before Authentication" is set to [Off] ✓: Displayed

: Not Displayed

* Even if you set the Display Status Before Authentication mode to [Off], access to the System Monitor screen is only restricted if a login service is set.

NOTE

Many of the check/change operations can also be performed from the Remote User Interface. (See the Remote UI Guide.)

Login service (Department ID Management, SSO-H,

SSO, etc.)

System Monitor screen

Print, Copy, Send, and Receive screens Device Status screen

Before logging in ✓

After logging in ✓ ✓

Procedure for Checking and Changing Jobs 2-3

2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features ScreenIf you press [My Job Status] or [Status] in the Print Basic Features screen, you can check print job status. If you press [Log], you can check the jobs that have already been processed.

1 Press [➞] ➞ [Print Job].

NOTE

• You can set the Print Basic Features screen to be the initial screen, when the main power is turned ON or after an Auto Clear, with "Initial Function and Function Order Settings" in Common Settings (from the Additional Functions screen). (See Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)

• Depending on the system configuration, the Print Basic Features screen or the function key is displayed in the front page of the touch panel display as the initial screen.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

2 Press [My Job Status], [Status], or [Log] to display the current machine status.

● If you press [My Job Status]:❑ The My Job Status screen is displayed if you are using a login service. Since only jobs for a

user logged in to this machine will be displayed in the job list, you can block other users from accessing the job names or documents to prevent the flow of information from the machine. For instructions on a login service, see the MEAP SMS Administrator Guide.

❑ You can check only the logged-in user jobs currently being processed or waiting to be processed.

● If you press [Status]:❑ You can check all the jobs currently being processed or waiting to be processed.

If you select [Secured Print], only secured print jobs (including encrypted secured print jobs) are displayed in the job list.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

● If you press [Log]:❑ You can check the jobs that have already been processed.

NOTE

• Secured print jobs (including encrypted secured jobs) other than for a logged-in user are displayed as asterisks (*) and cannot be handled unless you are using a login service. However, if you are logged in as an Administrator, you can perform any operation other than printing.

• You can change or cancel multiple jobs selected from the list. If you select multiple jobs, they are numbered in the order selected.

If you select [Printer], the print job log is displayed in the job list.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

• If you press [Select All], you can select all the jobs. If you press [Clear Selection], any selected jobs are cleared.

• For instructions on cancelling jobs or printing secured print jobs, see "Checking and Changing Print Jobs," on p. 2-11.

• For instructions on changing the priority of jobs in the print queue or checking the details of a job, see Chapter 5, "Checking Job and Device Status," in the Reference Guide.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Checking Jobs from the System Monitor ScreenIf you press [Print Status] and then [Status] in the System Monitor screen, you can check or change the current job or jobs waiting to be processed. If you press [Log], you can check the jobs that have already been processed.

If you press [Consumables] in the System Monitor screen, you can quickly view the machine information. The remaining amount of paper, toner, and staples, the amount of system memory currently being used, and error messages can be checked.

NOTE

The Processing/Data indicator and Error indicator on the control panel blink to indicate the status of jobs. The Processing/Data indicator blinks green while jobs are being processed. The Error indicator blinks red when an error occurs. For instructions on resolving errors, see Chapter 8, "Troubleshooting," in the Reference Guide.

1 Press [System Monitor].


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

2 Press the [Print Status] or [Consumables] key located on the top of the System Monitor screen to display the current machine status.

● If you press [Print Status]:❑ Press [Status] to check the jobs currently being processed or waiting to be processed.

The approximate wait time for each job to finish printing and the total approximate wait time for all jobs to finish printing is displayed.

❑ You can press to enlarge the list on the screen.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

❑ Press [Log] to check the jobs that have already been processed.

● If you press [Consumables]:❑ Check the current machine status.

NOTE

The displayed amount remaining serves as an approximate indication.

3 Press [Done].

The screen returns to the Basic Features screen.

NOTE

For instructions on [Print Status], see "Checking and Changing Print Jobs," on p. 2-11. For instructions on [Consumables], see Chapter 5, "Checking Job and Device Status," in the Reference Guide.

If you select [Printer], the print job log is displayed in the job list.


Checking and Changing Print Jobs

2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

This section describes the procedures for the job processes listed below.

• Cancelling Print Jobs (See p. 2-13.)• Cancelling All Operations (Reset Printer) (See p. 2-17.)• Temporarily Stopping Print Jobs (See p. 2-18.)• Form Feeding Print Data (See p. 2-21.)• Skipping an Error during Printing (See p. 2-23.)• Printing Secured Documents (See p. 2-27.)• Printing Encrypted Secured Documents (See p. 2-30.)

IMPORTANT

• You can restrict the display of the System Monitor screen under the following conditions if "Display Status Before Authentication" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions screen) is set to [Off]. (The default setting is [On].)

When "Display Status Before Authentication" is set to [Off]

✓: Displayed: Not Displayed

* Even if you set the Display Status Before Authentication mode to [Off], access to the System Monitor screen is only restricted if a login service is set.

• You can receive print jobs only for encrypted secured documents with this machine if "Only Allow Encrypted Secured Jobs" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions screen) is set to [On]. A job will be cancelled and an error message displayed if a print job other than an encrypted secured print job is received. (The default setting is [Off].)

Login service (Department ID Management, SSO-H,

SSO, etc.)

System Monitor screen

Print, Copy, Send, and Receive screens Device Status screen

Before logging in ✓

After logging in ✓ ✓

Checking and Changing Print Jobs 2-11

2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

NOTE

The table below describes the icons that are displayed on the status and log screens.

Icon (Job Status) Description

Executing

Waiting

Error

Cancelling

Paused

Secured Document

Encrypted Secured Document

Icon (Job Type) Description

Copy Job

Mail Box Job

Coating Job

Print Job

Report Print Job

Received Print Job

Checking and Changing Print Jobs2-12

2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Cancelling Print JobsYou can perform [Cancel] when you want to cancel a print job at the time data is currently being received or executed. It does not affect the print data of a following job or a job the machine has not yet started processing.

NOTE

If you are not logged in as an Administrator, you can only cancel your own jobs.

Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features ScreenTo cancel jobs from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps below.


NOTE



2 Press either [My Job Status] or [Status].

If necessary, see the screen shots in step 2 of "Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen," on p. 2-4.

3 Select the job to be cancelled ➞ press [Cancel].


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

NOTE

• To cancel multiple jobs, select jobs displayed in the list in the order to be cancelled ➞ press [Cancel].

• To cancel all jobs, press [Select All] ➞ press [Cancel].


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

4 Press [Yes].

If you do not want to cancel, press [No].

NOTE

• You cannot cancel other users' jobs. However, if you are logged in as an Administrator, you can cancel the other users' jobs.

• <NG> is displayed in the print job log screen for cancelled print jobs.

Handling Jobs from the System Monitor ScreenTo cancel jobs from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps below.

1 Press [System Monitor] ➞ [Print Status].

2 Press [Status].

If necessary, see the screen shots in step 2 of "Checking Jobs from the System Monitor Screen," on p. 2-8.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

3 Select the job to be cancelled ➞ press [Cancel].

NOTE

You cannot select and cancel multiple jobs.

4 Press [Yes].

If you do not want to cancel, press [No].

NOTE

<NG> is displayed in the print job log screen for cancelled print jobs.

5 Press [Done].



2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Cancelling All Operations (Reset Printer)You can delete (reset) print data in memory and any jobs being processed.

IMPORTANT

• If the machine is being used in a network, please note that resetting the printer function may affect data being received from other users.

• If you reset the printer function, data is deleted for print jobs that have already been received, or received while the printer function is being reset. However, in some cases, the data is not deleted from the machine's memory, and the print job may not print correctly. Canon recommends that you reset the printer function to delete the data and print the job again.

1 Display the desired screen with the following procedure.

Press ➞ [Printer Settings] ➞ [Utility] ➞ [Reset Printer].

2 Press [Yes].

If you do not want to reset the printer, press [No].

3 Press [Done].



2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Temporarily Stopping Print JobsYou can temporarily stop jobs currently being processed or waiting to be processed.

Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features ScreenTo stop jobs temporarily from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps below.


NOTE





3 Select the job to be stopped ➞ press [Details].


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

4 Press [Pause].

The print job will stop temporarily.

NOTE

While printing is paused, [Pause] changes to [Resume]. If you press [Resume], the print job will continue.

5 Press [Done].


Handling Jobs from the System Monitor ScreenTo stop jobs temporarily from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps below.


2 Press [Status].



2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

3 Select the job to be stopped ➞ press [Details].

4 Press [Pause].

The print job will stop temporarily.

NOTE

While printing is paused, [Pause] changes to [Resume]. If you press [Resume], the print job will continue.

5 Press [Done].



2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Form Feeding Print DataIf a job is cancelled from the computer or received data does not fill one full page, the data remains in the machine's memory. In this case, the print job may not finish properly; the data can no longer be received and a following job cannot be processed. If this happens, force the data to be form fed.

IMPORTANT

You can use 'Form Feed' to print data remaining in memory. If you do not want to print data, follow the procedure "Cancelling All Operations (Reset Printer)," on p. 2-17.

Handling a Job from the Print Basic Features ScreenTo force a job to be form fed from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps below.


NOTE





3 Select the job to be form fed ➞ press [Details].

If necessary, see the screen shots in step 3 of "Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen," on p. 2-18.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

4 Press [Form Feed].

5 Press [Done].


Handling a Job from the System Monitor ScreenTo force a job to be form fed from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps below.


2 Press [Status].


3 Select the job to be form fed ➞ press [Details].

If necessary, see the screen shots in step 3 of "Handling Jobs from the System Monitor Screen," on p. 2-19.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

4 Press [Form Feed].

5 Press [Done].


Skipping an Error during PrintingIf an error occurs during printing, you may be able to continue printing depending on the error by pressing [Auto Continue]. However, an error is only temporarily cleared. Data may also not be printed correctly. For information on types of errors that can be temporarily cleared with Auto Continue, see "When a Message Is Displayed," on p. 6-3.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Handling a Job from the Print Basic Features ScreenTo bypass an error and continue printing from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps below.


NOTE





3 Select the job with an error to be skipped ➞ press [Details].


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

4 Press [Auto Continue].

5 Press [Done].


Handling a Job from the System Monitor ScreenTo bypass an error and continue printing from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps below.


2 Press [Status].



2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

3 Select the job with an error to be skipped ➞ press [Details].

4 Press [Auto Continue].

5 Press [Done].



2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

Printing Secured DocumentsYou can print out documents (print data) that have been assigned a password and sent to this machine from a computer. Documents with a password are called "secured documents."Secured documents sent to this machine are displayed with a locked icon ( ) in the job list in the touch panel display, and are queued for printing.To print these documents, you need to enter the correct password. This prevents unauthorised people who do not know the password from printing or accessing the documents.

IMPORTANT

• Only a logged-in user can print secured documents (including encrypted secured documents) if a login service is being used.

• Setting for assigning a password at the computer is made with the printer driver.• If the main power is turned OFF or [Reset Printer] is performed (See p. 3-97), any secured documents in

the machine are erased.• Secured documents are erased after they are printed.• You cannot change the print settings of secured documents (set through the printer driver).• Secured documents will automatically be erased even if not printed. The Job Securing Time setting

enables you to specify how long a job will be stored before it is erased. (See p. 3-25.)• The number of secured documents that can be stored at one time (including encrypted secured

documents) is 50. If the number of jobs exceeds the maximum storable number, those jobs will be ignored.

• A large secured print job with many pages may be cancelled by the machine. A cancelled secured print job does not appear on the Print Job status screen. The machine can store up to 6,000 pages per secured print job; however, if the machine is being used for other jobs or operations, such as the storing of documents in inboxes, the actual number of pages per secured print job that the machine can process is fewer than 6,000.

Handling Jobs from the Print Basic Features ScreenTo print secured documents from the Print Basic Features screen, follow the steps below.


NOTE




2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs



3 Select the secured document that you want to print ➞ press [Secured Print].

To display only secured documents (including encrypted secured documents) in the [Status] list, select [Secured Print] at 'Select Type'. (See p. 2-5.)

4 Enter the password using - (numeric keys) ➞ press [OK].

Printing starts.To cancel printing the secured document, press [Cancel] on the Secured Print screen.

0 9


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

NOTE

• You cannot simultaneously select secured documents and encrypted secured documents from the job list to clear their passwords.

• Enter the same password that you originally assigned to the document at the computer. This will enable printing. If there is a current or reserved job, it will be queued for printing.

• If multiple or all secured documents have the same password, you can select them and clear their passwords simultaneously.

Handling Jobs from the System Monitor ScreenTo print secured documents from the System Monitor screen, follow the steps below.

IMPORTANT

If "Allow Secured Print from Print Status Screen" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions screen) is set to [Off], you cannot print a secured print job from the System Monitor screen. (The default setting is [Off].)


2 Press [Status].


3 Select the secured document that you want to print ➞ press [Secured Print].


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

4 Enter the password using - (numeric keys) ➞ press [OK].

Printing starts.To cancel printing the secured document, press [Cancel] on the Secured Print screen.

NOTE

• You cannot simultaneously select secured documents and encrypted secured documents from the job list to clear their passwords.

• Enter the same password that you originally assigned to the document at the computer. This will enable printing. If there is a current or reserved job, it will be queued for printing.

5 Press [Done].

The display returns to the Basic Features screen.

Printing Encrypted Secured DocumentsYou can print out documents (print data) that have been encrypted and sent to this machine from a computer.

Print data that are encrypted using this machine are called "encrypted secured documents." Since the data is encrypted, security is enhanced at the queued stage. Encrypted secured documents sent to this machine are displayed with a locked icon ( ) in the job list in the touch panel display, and are queued for printing. To print these documents, you need to enter the correct password. This prevents unauthorised people who do not know the password or are not logged in from printing or accessing the documents.

Document data is encrypted before being sent to this machine. This allows you to print within a more highly secured environment compared to a secured document.

For detailed information on encrypted secured documents and instructions on printing, please refer to the User's Guide included in the Encrypted Secure Print Software.

0 9


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs

IMPORTANT

• To use the Encrypted Secured Print function, the Encrypted Secure Print Software is required.• If "Allow Secured Print from Print Status Screen" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions

screen) is set to [Off], you cannot print an encrypted secured print job from the System Monitor screen. (The default setting is [Off].)

• You can receive print jobs only for encrypted secured documents with this machine if "Only Allow Encrypted Secured Jobs" in System Settings (from the Additional Functions screen) is set to [On]. A job will be cancelled and an error message displayed if a print job other than an encrypted secured print job is received. (The default setting is [Off].)

• Only a logged-in user can print encrypted secured documents (including secured documents) if a login service is being used.

• If the main power is turned OFF or [Reset Printer] is performed (See p. 3-97), any encrypted secured documents in the machine are erased.

• Encrypted secured documents are erased after they are printed.• You cannot change the print settings of encrypted secured documents (set through the printer driver).• Encrypted secured documents will automatically be erased even if not printed. The Job Securing Time

setting enables you to specify how long a job will be stored before it is erased. (See p. 3-25.)• The number of encrypted secured documents that can be stored at one time (including secured

documents) is 50. If the number of jobs exceeds the maximum storable number, those jobs will be ignored.

• A large encrypted secured print job with many pages may be cancelled by the machine. A cancelled encrypted secured print job does not appear on the Print Job status screen. The machine can store up to 6,000 pages per encrypted secured print job (including secured documents). However, if the machine is being used for other jobs or operations, such as the storing of documents in inboxes, the actual number of pages per encrypted secured print job that the machine can process is fewer than 6,000.


2

Han

dlin

g D

iffer

ent P

rint J

obs


CHAPTER

3
Printer Settings Menu This chapter describes how to use the Printer Settings menu and its submenus.
Overview of Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-132-Sided Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13Paper Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20Auto Continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25Job Securing Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Print After Completing RIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Booklet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Saddle Stitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Creep Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35Transparency Interleaving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36Copy Set Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37Personality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41Color Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41Gradation Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42Compressed Image Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43Initialize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43

UFR II Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44Halftones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48CMS(Matching) Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48CMS(Matching)/Gamma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49Gamma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49Paper Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50

PCL Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51Paper Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51Font Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52Point Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52Form Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52Symbol Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53Custom Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53Unit of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53X dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54Y dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54Append CR to LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55Enlarge A4 Print Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56Halftones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58

3-1

3-2

3. Printer Settings Menu

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

. . . . . . . . . . 3-59

. . . . . . . . . . 3-60

. . . . . . . . . . 3-61

. . . . . . . . . . 3-61

. . . . . . . . . . 3-62

. . . . . . . . . . 3-62

. . . . . . . . . . 3-63

. . . . . . . . 3-64

Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMS(Matching) Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMS(Matching)/Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PS Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Job Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64Wait Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64Print PS Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68RGB Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69CMYK Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69Pure Black Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70Black Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71Combine Color Separations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72Spot Color Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73Composite Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75

Imaging Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76Image Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76Print Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77Show Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77Enlarge Print Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82RGB Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83CMYK Pure Black Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83

PDF1.5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84Render Color Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84RGB Source Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85CMYK Simulation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86Output Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87Use Grayscale Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87Matching Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88Pure Black Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88Black Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89Composite Overprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90Gray Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91Enlarge Print Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92N-up Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92Halftones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93Comment Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94Spot Color Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94Advanced Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95

Utility Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96Initialize PCL Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96

3. Printer Settings Menu

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Initialize PS Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

3-3

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Overview of Printer Settings

The following table lists all settings of the Printer Settings menu.

■ Settings Menu

Item Settings Applicable Page

Copies 1 to 9999; 1* p. 3-13

2-Sided Printing On, Off* p. 3-13

Paper Feed

Default Paper Size*1Letter, Legal, A4*, A3, A5, 11x17, Executive, Statement, 320 x 450mm(SRA3), 305 x 457mm, 330 x 483 mm

p. 3-14

Default Paper Type*1

Thin Paper, Plain Paper*, Heavy Paper 1, Heavy Paper 2, Heavy Paper 3, Heavy Paper 4, Heavy Paper 5, Color Paper, Recycled Paper 1, Recycled Paper 2, Recycled Paper 3, Recycled Paper 4, 1-Sided Coated 1, 1-Sided Coated 2, 1-Sided Coated 3, 1-Sided Coated 4, 1-Sided Coated 5, 2-Sided Coated 1, 2-Sided Coated 2, 2-Sided Coated 3, 2-Sided Coated 4, 2-Sided Coated 5, Texture Paper 1, Texture Paper 2, Texture Paper 3, Texture Paper 4, Texture Paper 5, Texture Paper 6, Vellum Paper 2, Transparency, Labels, Bond Paper, Tab Paper 1, Tab Paper 2, Pre-punched 1, Pre-punched 2

p. 3-14

Paper Size Override On, Off* p. 3-16

Print Quality

Density*2

•Cyan •Magenta •Yellow •Black

-8 to +8; 0*

-8 to +8; 0*

-8 to +8; 0*

-8 to +8; 0*

p. 3-16

Toner Save On, Off* p. 3-17

Density Fine Adjustment -2 to +2; 0* p. 3-17

Resolution 1200 dpi, 600 dpi* p. 3-17

Image Compression Image Priority, Standard*, Speed Priority p. 3-18

Sharpness -3 to +3; 0* p. 3-19

Toner Volume Adjustment Normal*, Gradation, Text p. 3-19

Line Control Resolution*, Gradation p. 3-19

Overview of Printer Settings3-4

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Layout

Binding Location Long Edge*, Short Edge p. 3-20

Margin -50.0 to +50.0 mm; 0.0* mm p. 3-21

Offset Short Edge (Front) -50.0 to +50.0 mm; 0.0* mm p. 3-23

Offset Long Edge (Front) -50.0 to +50.0 mm; 0.0* mm p. 3-23

Offset Short Edge (Back) -50.0 to +50.0 mm; 0.0* mm p. 3-24

Offset Long Edge (Back) -50.0 to +50.0 mm; 0.0* mm p. 3-24

Auto Continue On, Off* p. 3-25

Job Securing Time 1 hour*, 2 hours, 3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours

p. 3-25

Timeout Timeout (5 to 300 seconds), Off; 15* seconds p. 3-26

Print After Completing RIP On, Off* p. 3-26

Finishing

Off*, Collate, Rotate+Collate, Rotate+Group, Offset+Collate, Offset+Group, Staple+Collate, Staple+Group

Copies to Offset (Offset+Collate): 1 to 9999; 1*

Staple Position (Staple+Collate): Corner (Upper-L), Double (Top), Corner (Upper-R), Double (Right), Corner (Lower-R), Double (Bottom), Corner (Lower-L), Double (Left)

Staple Position (Staple+Group): Grp Upp L-Corner, Grp Double(Top), Grp Upp R-Corner, Grp Double(R), Grp Lwr R-Corner, Grp Double(Btm), Grp Lwr L-Corner, Grp Double(L)

p. 3-27

Punch Off*, Top, Bottom, Left, Right p. 3-32

Booklet On, Off* p. 3-33

Saddle Stitch*3 On, Off* p. 3-34

Creep Correction*3 Off*, Auto, Correction Width (0.00 to 10.00 mm) p. 3-35

Transparency Interleaving Off*, Blank, Printed p. 3-36

Copy Set Numbering*4

Copy Set Numbering On, Off* p. 3-37

Print Position 5 Locations*, Top Left, Bottom Left, Top Right, Bottom Right, Full Surface

p. 3-38

Starting Number 1 to 9999; 1* p. 3-38


Overview of Printer Settings 3-5

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting.*1 The menu information will not be delivered even if the Device Information Delivery Settings mode is used. For instructions on Device

Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.*2 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].*3 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Booklet' is set to [On].*4 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Transparency Interleaving' is set to [Off].*5 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Gradation' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].

■ UFR II Settings

Number SizeSmall(12 point), Medium(24 point), Large(36 point)* p. 3-39

Density 1 to 5; 3* p. 3-39

Color Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black*, Red, Green, Blue p. 3-39

Number Position Vertical -8 to +8 mm; 0* mm p. 3-40

Number Position Horizontal -8 to +8 mm; 0* mm p. 3-40

Personality*1 PS, PCL*, Imaging, PDF1.5 p. 3-41

Color Mode Auto Detect, Full Color, Black and White* p. 3-41

Gradation Settings

Gradation Off*, Smooth 1, Smooth 2

p. 3-42 Graphics*5 On*, Off

Image*5 On*, Off

Compressed Image Output Output*, Display Error p. 3-43

Initialize — p. 3-43


Halftones

Text Resolution*, Gradation, Error Diffusion

p. 3-44 Graphics Resolution, Gradation*, Error Diffusion

Image Resolution, Gradation*, Error Diffusion

RGB Source Profile*1

Text sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, Download Profile

p. 3-45 Graphics sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, Download Profile

Image sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, Download Profile

Output Profile*1



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u


Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.*6 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Advanced Smoothing' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].

■ PCL Settings

Text Normal*, Photo

p. 3-46 Graphics Normal*, Photo

Image Normal, Photo*

Matching Method

Text Perceptual, Saturation*, Colorimetric

p. 3-47 Graphics Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric

Image Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric

Gray Compensation

Text On*, Off

p. 3-48 Graphics On*, Off

Image On*, Off

CMS(Matching) Selection Printer*, Host p. 3-48

CMS(Matching)/Gamma

Text Gamma*, CMS

p. 3-49 Graphics Gamma*, CMS

Image Gamma*, CMS

Gamma

Text 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2

p. 3-49 Graphics 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2

Image 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2

Paper Save On*, Off p. 3-50

Advanced Smoothing

Advanced Smoothing Off, Smooth 1*, Smooth 2

p. 3-50 Graphics*6 On, Off*

Text*6 On*, Off


Paper Save On, Off* p. 3-51

Orientation Portrait*, Landscape p. 3-51



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Font Number*1 0 to 91; 0* p. 3-52

Point Size*1 4.00 to 999.75 point; 12.00* point p. 3-52

Pitch*1 0.44 to 99.99 cpi; 10.00* cpi p. 3-52

Form Lines 5 to 128 lines; 64* lines p. 3-52

Symbol Set

DESKTOP, ISO4, ISO6, ISO11, ISO15, ISO17, ISO21, ISO60, ISO69, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6, LEGAL, MATH8, MCTEXT, MSPUBL, PC775, PC8*, PC850, PC852, PC8DN, PC8TK, PC1004, PIFONT, PSMATH, PSTEXT, ROMAN8, VNINTL, VNMATH, VNUS, WIN30, WINBALT, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5

p. 3-53

Custom Paper On, Off* p. 3-53

Unit of Measure*7 Millimeters*, Inches p. 3-53

X dimension*7 148 to 630 mm; 482.6* mm p. 3-54

Y dimension*7 100 to 330.2 mm; 330.2* mm p. 3-54

Append CR to LF Yes, No* p. 3-55

Enlarge A4 Print Width On, Off* p. 3-56

Halftones




RGB Source Profile*1

Text sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, Download Profile

p. 3-58 Graphics sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, Download Profile

Image sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, Download Profile

Output Profile*1

Text Normal*, Photo

p. 3-59 Graphics Normal*, Photo

Image Normal, Photo*

Matching Method

Text Perceptual, Saturation*, Colorimetric

p. 3-60 Graphics Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric

Image Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric

Gray Compensation



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u


Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.*6 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Advanced Smoothing' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].*7 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Custom Paper' is set to [On].

■ PS Settings

Text On*, Off

p. 3-61 Graphics On*, Off

Image On*, Off

CMS(Matching) Selection Printer*, Host p. 3-61

CMS(Matching)/Gamma

Text Gamma*, CMS

p. 3-62 Graphics Gamma*, CMS

Image Gamma*, CMS

Gamma

Text 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2

p. 3-62 Graphics 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2

Image 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, 2.2

Advanced Smoothing



Text*6 On*, Off


Job Timeout 0 to 3600 seconds; 0* seconds p. 3-64

Wait Timeout 0 to 3600 seconds; 300* seconds p. 3-64

Print PS Errors On, Off* p. 3-64

RGB Source Profile*1 sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, None, Download Profile

p. 3-65

CMYK Simulation Profile*1 JapanColor(Canon), US Web Ctd(Canon), Euro Standard, None*, Download Profile

p. 3-66

Use Grayscale Profile*1 On, Off* p. 3-67

Output Profile*1 Normal*, Photo, TR Normal, TR Photo, Download Profile

p. 3-67

Matching Method Perceptual*, Saturation, Colorimetric p. 3-68

RGB Pure Black Process On, Off* p. 3-69



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u


Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.*6 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Advanced Smoothing' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].*8 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Pure Black Text' is set to [On].*9 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].

■ Imaging Settings

CMYK Pure Black Process On, Off* p. 3-69

Pure Black Text On*, Off p. 3-70

Black Overprint*8 On*, Off p. 3-71

Brightness*9 85 to 115%; 100%* p. 3-71

Combine Color Separations On, Off* p. 3-72

Spot Color Matching On, Off* p. 3-72

Halftones




Composite Overprint On, Off* p. 3-74

Advanced Smoothing



Text*6 On*, Off


Image Orientation Auto*, Vertical, Horizontal p. 3-76

Zoom Off*, Auto p. 3-76

Print Position Auto*, Center, Top Left p. 3-77

Show Warnings On*, Off p. 3-77

Enlarge Print Area Off*, On p. 3-78

Halftones Resolution, Gradation*, Error Diffusion p. 3-78


p. 3-79


p. 3-80

Use Grayscale Profile On, Off* p. 3-81



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u


Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.

■ PDF1.5 Settings

Output Profile*1 Normal, Photo*, TR Normal, TR Photo, Download Profile

p. 3-81


RGB Pure Black Process On, Off* p. 3-83

CMYK Pure Black Process On, Off* p. 3-83


Render Color Space Auto*, CMYK p. 3-84


p. 3-85


p. 3-86

Output Profile*1 Normal*, Photo, Download Profile p. 3-87

Use Grayscale Profile*1 On, Off* p. 3-87


Pure Black Text On*, Off p. 3-88

Black Overprint*8 On*, Off p. 3-89

Composite Overprint On, Off* p. 3-90

Brightness*9 85 to 115%; 100%* p. 3-90

Gray Compensation On, Off* p. 3-91

Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Size On, Off* p. 3-91

Enlarge Print Area On, Off* p. 3-92

N-up Print Off*, 2 on 1, 4 on 1, 6 on 1, 8 on 1, 9 on 1, 16 on 1

p. 3-92

Halftones




Comment Print Auto*, On, Off p. 3-94

Spot Color Matching On, Off* p. 3-94

Advanced Smoothing



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u


Information Delivery Settings mode, please refer to "Specifying Device Information Delivery Settings," in the Reference Guide.*6 Indicates menus that appear only when 'Advanced Smoothing' is set to [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2].*8 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Pure Black Text' is set to [On].*9 Indicates a menu that appears only when 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].

■ Utility Menu



Text*6 On*, Off


Initialize PCL Hard Disk — p. 3-96

Initialize PS Hard Disk — p. 3-96

Reset Printer — p. 3-97



Settings Menu

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

NOTE

An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.

Copies

1 to 9999; 1*

This setting enables you to specify the number of copies printed. The default setting is '1', but you can specify up to 9999 copies.

2-Sided Printing

On, Off*

This parameter enables you to select one-sided or two-sided printing. When '2-Sided Printing' is specified, the document is printed on both sides of the paper.

NOTE

• Two-sided printing can use either the paper drawer or the stack bypass with the following sizes.- A3, JIS-B4, A4, A4R, JIS-B5, JIS-B5R, A5R, 320 x 450 mm (SRA3), 305 x 457 mm,

330 x 483 mm, 11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMTR, EXEC• Two-sided printing can use paper within the following range:

- 64 g/m2 to 209 g/m2

• When printing on letterhead paper, or paper with a logo (such as a cover sheet), please note the following:- If the paper is fed from a paper drawer, the printing surface should be face down.- If the paper is fed from the stack bypass or the optional paper deck, the printing surface should

be face up.

Settings Menu 3-13

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Paper Feed

■ Default Paper Size

Letter, Legal, A4*, A3, A5, 11" x 17", Executive, Statement, 320 x 450 mm (SRA3), 305 x 457 mm, and 330 x 483 mm

This parameter defines the default paper size used when the paper size cannot be set within the application software, when no paper source is specified.

IMPORTANT

If you are printing from an OS that does not have a printer driver for the machine (MS-DOS, UNIX, etc.), make sure that the paper loaded in the paper drawer matches the paper size specified in this setting. If the paper size specified in this setting is not available, an error message is displayed when the machine tries to print the job and the machine stops. In addition, if a paper source has not been selected through the application, the machine automatically selects the default print settings for the paper size and type. Under most circumstances, it is preferable to leave this setting as [ON]. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)

■ Default Paper Type

Thin Paper, Plain Paper*, Heavy Paper 1, Heavy Paper 2, Heavy Paper 3, Heavy Paper 4, Heavy Paper 5, Color Paper, Recycled Paper 1, Recycled Paper 2, Recycled Paper 3, Recycled Paper 4, 1-Sided Coated 1, 1-Sided Coated 2, 1-Sided Coated 3, 1-Sided Coated 4, 1-Sided Coated 5, 2-Sided Coated 1, 2-Sided Coated 2, 2-Sided Coated 3, 2-Sided Coated 4, 2-Sided Coated 5, Texture Paper 1, Texture Paper 2, Texture Paper 3, Texture Paper 4, Texture Paper 5, Texture Paper 6, Vellum Paper 2, Transparency, Labels, Bond Paper, Tab Paper 1, Tab Paper 2, Pre-punched 1, and Pre-punched 2

This parameter sets the default paper type to be used for print jobs. This machine has internally defined optimal print modes for each specified paper type.

IMPORTANT

If you are printing from an OS that does not have a printer driver for the machine (MS-DOS, UNIX, etc.), make sure that the paper loaded in the paper drawer matches the paper type specified in this setting. If the paper type specified in this setting is not available, an error message is displayed when the machine tries to print the job, and the machine stops. In addition, if a paper source has not been selected through the application, the machine automatically selects the default print settings for the paper type and size. Under most circumstances, it is preferable to leave this setting as [ON]. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)

Settings Menu3-14

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

NOTE

• Use the following figures as a guideline to decide whether paper should be specified as Thin Paper, Plain Paper, Heavy Paper, Coated Paper, Texture Paper, or Vellum Paper.- Thin Paper: 64 to 79 g/m2

- Plain Paper: 80 to 105 g/m2

- Heavy Paper 1: 106 to 128 g/m2





- Coated Paper 1: 106 to 128 g/m2





- Texture Paper 1: 80 to 105 g/m2






- Vellum Paper 2: 106 to 128 g/m2

• Canon transparency film is recommended for printing on transparencies.• Canon label paper is recommended for printing on labels.• Two-sided printing can only be used with the following types of paper.

- Thin Paper, Plain Paper, Heavy Paper 1, Heavy Paper 2, Heavy Paper 3, Heavy Paper 4, Color Paper, Recycled Paper 1, Recycled Paper 2, Recycled Paper 3, 1-Sided Coated 1, 1-Sided Coated 2, 1-Sided Coated 3, 1-Sided Coated 4, 2-Sided Coated 1, 2-Sided Coated 2, 2-Sided Coated 3, 2-Sided Coated 4, Texture Paper 1, Texture Paper 2, Texture Paper 3, Texture Paper 4, Texture Paper 5, Bond Paper, Pre-punched 1, Pre-punched 2

Settings Menu 3-15

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Paper Size Override

On, Off*

If paper of the size that is set in the printer driver has not been loaded in the paper drawer, the paper that is printed is changed to the following sizes.

If [On] is selected, the paper size is changed.

If [Off] is selected, the paper supply message is displayed and the paper size is not changed.

NOTE

The paper size does not change if there is no paper in the paper source of the size that is set in the printer driver, even if 'Paper Size Override' is set to [On].

Print Quality

■ Density

Cyan: -8 to +8; 0*

Magenta: -8 to +8; 0*

Yellow: -8 to +8; 0*

Black: -8 to +8; 0*

This setting adjusts the print density of the respective colours.

Pressing [Dark] makes the print image darker, pressing [Light] makes the image lighter. This setting has 17 levels you can adjust, with level '0' (middle level) being the default setting.

NOTE

This function is only available if 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].

Printer Driver Setting Paper

A4 Letter

Letter A4

A3 11" x 17"

11" x 17" A3

Settings Menu3-16

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Toner Save

On, Off*

This setting enables you to set the Toner Save function. Toner Save uses less toner to print documents and may result in longer toner life.

NOTE

If [On] is selected for 'Toner Save', very light or finely detailed images may not be printed clearly.

■ Density Fine Adjustment

-2 to +2; 0*

This setting enables you to increase the character and line density for clearer printing of fine lines and small characters. Pressing [Dark] makes the characters and lines darker, pressing [Light] makes them lighter. This setting has 5 levels you can adjust, with level '0' (middle level) as the default setting.

NOTE

This setting is only available if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].

■ Resolution

1200 dpi, 600 dpi*

This setting specifies the resolution for printing.

Resolution is expressed in units of dpi (dots per inch), indicating the number of dots in one inch. The higher the value, the greater the resolution, allowing finer expression of detail.

If [1200 dpi] is selected, characters and lines can be finely printed.

If [600 dpi] is selected, you can perform printing suited to general documents and tables.

NOTE

• This setting can only be applied to jobs in UFR II, PS, and PDF1.5 mode.• [1200 dpi] cannot be applied in Imaging mode.• When printing on large scale paper, set the 'Resolution' to [600 dpi]. If [1200 dpi] is selected,

there will not be enough memory necessary to process printing and printing will not be possible.

Settings Menu 3-17

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Image Compression

Image Priority, Standard*, and Speed Priority

This setting sets the compression mode when printing image data.

Image data is compressed to be stored in the machine's memory when printing with this machine. Image quality will differ depending on the ratio of compression. The higher the compression ratio, the more image quality will deteriorate, as shown in the diagram below.

This setting allows you to select the compression mode as desired, such as for printing high-quality image data. Under most circumstances, it is preferable to leave this option set to [Standard].

If [Image Priority] is selected, data will be stored at a low compression ratio to minimise deterioration of image quality.

If [Speed Priority] is selected, more data will be storable in the machine's memory, allowing you to minimise any decrease in speed. However, the data will be stored at a high compression ratio, and the image quality will be lower.

NOTE

• For all selections within this setting, if the data is too large to be stored in the machine's memory, it will be recompressed at a high compression ratio.

• To avoid deterioration in image quality resulting from repeated recompression, select [Display Error] for Compressed Image Output (See p. 3-43). This allows you to cancel a job before an image with deterioration is printed out.

• Depending on the image data, the image quality may not change even if the compression mode is changed.

Compressionratio

Quality

High

Low

Low

High

[Image Priority] [Standard] [Speed Priority]

Settings Menu3-18

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Sharpness

-3 to +3; 0*

This setting allows you to adjust image sharpness. Pressing [High] makes image outlines clearer, pressing [Low] blurs images. This setting has 7 levels you can adjust, with level '0' (middle level) as the default setting.

■ Toner Volume Adjustment

Normal*, Gradation, and Text

This setting enables you to adjust the toner volume so that it falls within a restricted value when the toner volume exceeds a device-internal value for text, lines, or other types of print data. Under most circumstances, it is preferable to leave this setting as [Normal].

If [Normal] is selected, text and line data are printed with a toner volume that upholds the resolution for text and lines. Other types of data are printed with a toner volume that upholds the colour.

If [Gradation] is selected, all data is printed with a toner volume that upholds the colour.

If [Text] is selected, all data is printed with a toner volume that upholds the resolution.

NOTE

• The internal restriction value cannot be changed.• This setting can only be applied to jobs in the PS mode and PDF1.5 mode.• If [Gradation] is selected, characters and lines may bleed.• If [Text] is selected, the colour may not match.

■ Line Control

Resolution*, Gradation

This setting enables you to specify the image processing for lines. Under most circumstances, it is preferable to leave this setting as [Resolution].

If [Resolution] is selected, image processing is performed that upholds the same resolution as text for lines.

If [Gradation] is selected, image processing is performed that upholds the same colour and gradation as graphics for lines.

NOTE

This setting can only be applied to jobs in the UFR II mode, PCL6 mode, PS mode, and PDF1.5 mode.

Settings Menu 3-19

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Layout

■ Binding Location

Long Edge*, Short Edge

This parameter determines whether the binding position is along the long edge or the short edge of the paper. When binding for two-sided printing, the image orientation is automatically adjusted for correct layout.

When the binding position is on the long edge of the paper:

When the binding position is on the short edge of the paper:

NOTE

• You cannot create a binding margin with this setting alone. Use this setting in combination with the Margin setting to create a binding margin.

• For two-sided printing, the orientation of the image on the back side of the page may be changed by this setting.

Front Back Front Back

ABCDEF

Two-sided printing in portrait orientation

Two-sided printing in landscape orientation

Binding Position

Binding Position

Binding P

osition

Binding P

osition

DEFABC

Binding P

osition

Bin

ding

Pos

ition

Front Back Front Back

ABCABC

Two-sided printing in portrait orientation

Two-sided printing in landscape orientation

Binding Position

Binding Position

DEF DEF

Settings Menu3-20

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Margin

-50.0 to +50.0 mm (in increments of 0.5 mm); 0.0* mm

This setting enables you to set the page margin. The settings can be set in increments of 0.5 mm (0.01 inches) from -50.0 mm (-1.90 inches) through +50.0 mm (+1.90 inches).

Use [ ] to increase the width of the inside margin.

Use [ ] to increase the width of the outside margin.

You can specify the edge along which the margin will be created in the 'Binding Location' setting (previous setting). To create a margin along one of the edges of the paper, use this setting in combination with the 'Binding Location' setting.

IMPORTANT

If this setting moves the image outside the printable area, part of the image may be cut off.

NOTE

• If this setting is used in combination with 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge', the values of the two settings are added together.

• Pressing [ ] increases the setting value by 0.5 mm (0.01 inches) each time the key is pressed. Pressing [ ] decreases the value by 0.5 mm (0.01 inches) each time. Holding down either [ ] or [ ] continuously speeds up the value alteration.

[ + ] [ - ][0 mm]

Left Margin

Centre Centre Centre

Right M

argin

Settings Menu 3-21

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Binding Location : Long edgeMargin : [+]

ABC

Binding Location : Long edgeMargin : [-]

Binding Location : Short edgeMargin : [+]

Binding Location : Short edgeMargin : [-]

Portrait printing with margin

ABC

ABC

ABC

DEF

DEF

DEF

DEF

AB

CD

EA

BC

DE

AB

CD

EA

BC

DE

FG

HIJ

KF

GH

IJK

FG

HIJ

KF

GH

IJK

Front Back(Two-sided printing)

Front

Binding Location and Margin Settings

Refer to the figures below to set binding location and margins.

Set the paper orientation in the application you are using.

Landscape printingwith margin

Back(Two-sided printing)

Settings Menu3-22

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Front)


This setting enables you to set the offset position in millimetres. The settings can be set in increments of 0.5 mm (0.01 inches) from -50.0 mm (-2.00 inches) through +50.0 mm (+2.00 inches).

The print position on the front page is adjusted in the vertical or horizontal direction to the value specified in the setting value.

To adjust the print position on the back page, set 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Back)' (the next setting).

You can increase or decrease the setting in increments of 0.5 mm (0.01 inches) to adjust the print position, as described below.

Offset Short Edge (Front): Increasing the setting value moves the image in the rightward X direction on the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the image in the leftward X direction on the paper.

Offset Long Edge (Front): Increasing the setting value moves the image in the downward Y direction on the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the image in the upward Y direction on the paper.

IMPORTANT

Please note that if the print position is adjusted to place print data outside the printable area, the portion outside the printable area is not printed.

NOTE

• If this setting is used in combination with 'Margin', the values of the two settings are added together.


ABC

X

Y

Adjust using X/Y-Adjustment

Are

a ad

just

ed u

sing

Y

-Adj

ustm

ent

Area adjusted using X-Adjustment

Front Front

ABC

Part of theoriginal margin

Settings Menu 3-23

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Back)


This setting enables you to set the offset position in millimetres. The settings can be set in increments of 0.5 mm (0.01 inches) from -50.0 mm (-2.00 inches) through +50.0 mm (+2.00 inches).

The print position on the back page is adjusted in the vertical or horizontal direction to the value specified in the setting value.

To adjust the print position on the front page, set 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Front)' (the previous setting).

You can increase or decrease the setting in increments of 0.5 mm (0.01 inches) to adjust the print position, as described below.

Offset Short Edge (Back): Increasing the setting value moves the image in the rightward X direction on the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the image in the leftward X direction on the paper.

Offset Long Edge (Back): Increasing the setting value moves the image in the downward Y direction on the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the image in the upward Y direction on the paper.

IMPORTANT

Please note that if the print position is adjusted to place print data outside the printable area, the portion outside the printable area is not printed.

NOTE

• If this setting is used in combination with 'Margin', the values of the two settings are added together.


DEFDEF

X

Y

Adjust using X/Y-Adjustment

Are

a ad

just

ed u

sing

Y

-Adj

ustm

ent

[+]

Area adjusted using X-Adjustment

[+]

Back Back

Part of theoriginal margin

Settings Menu3-24

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Auto Continue

On, Off*

This setting enables you to automatically clear an error and continue printing when an error occurs (Error skip).

If [On] is selected, error skips are performed automatically.

If [Off] is selected, you must perform error skips from the touch panel display.

NOTE

• For instructions on performing an error skip from the touch panel display, see "Skipping an Error during Printing," on p. 2-23.

• Error skip only temporarily clears an error, so the data may not print correctly.• For information on types of errors that can be temporarily cleared with Auto Continue, see "When

a Message Is Displayed," on p. 6-3.• This setting is valid even if multiple errors have occurred.

Job Securing Time

1 hour*, 2 hours, 3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, and 24 hours

When a secured print job is sent to the machine, it is stored on the machine's hard disk, and a password must be entered before the job can be printed. This setting specifies how long the job will be stored before it is automatically cancelled.

NOTE

• Even if the time period specified with this setting has not elapsed, the print job data is deleted if the main power to the machine is switched OFF or if you reset the printer. (See "Reset Printer," on p. 3-97.)

• The password is set from the printer driver.

Settings Menu 3-25

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Timeout

Timeout (5 to 300 seconds), Off; 15* seconds

This setting enables you to force jobs to finish if no data is received during the set period of time.

If Timeout is enabled, jobs can finish automatically. For example, if print data still remains in the machine because a form feed command cannot be processed, the paper can be fed automatically.

If Timeout is [Off], jobs will not end automatically.

IMPORTANT

• If this function is set so that a job will timeout, the machine may end a print job before all the data has been received if it takes a long time for the PC to send the data. If this occurs, adjust the length of the 'Timeout' setting.

• If [Off] is selected, you will not be able to make copies until print jobs that use the Staple and Punch settings have been completed.

• If you send data from a printer driver that is not compatible with the machine, and the end of job command is not received within the time set in this setting, the machine cancels the job, which may cause the data to be printed incorrectly.

NOTE

When a job is being processed, the Processing/Data indicator on the control panel blinks green.

Print After Completing RIP

On, Off*

This setting sets whether to use the Print After Completing RIP function.

RIP (Raster Image Processor) is used for advanced graphical representation.

If Print After Completing RIP is enabled, the first page is printed after all the pages in the job have been processed.

Although it may take longer to print the first page, the remaining pages in the job will be printed more quickly. This is useful when several people are using the machine or when using another function, such as the Copy function, because the printing time for a print job is reduced.

IMPORTANT

Please note that the memory of the machine can store up to 6,000 pages. When you send a secured document to be stored in the memory to be printed at a later time, and the memory is full (already reached its maximum capacity), your document will not be stored. The memory may be full because the machine is being used for other functions (such as storing a document in an inbox or storing a form) or other jobs, which use memory space.

Settings Menu3-26

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Finishing

Off*, Collate, Rotate+Collate, Rotate+Group, Offset+Collate, Offset+Group, Staple+Collate, and Staple+Group

Copies to Offset (Offset+Collate): 1 to 9999; 1*

Staple Position (Staple+Collate):Corner (Upper-L), Double (Top), Corner (Upper-R), Double (Right), Corner (Lower-R), Double (Bottom), Corner (Lower-L), and Double (Left)

Staple Position (Staple+Group): Grp Upp L-Corner, Grp Double(Top), Grp Upp R-Corner, Grp Double(R), Grp Lwr R-Corner, Grp Double(Btm), Grp Lwr L-Corner, and Grp Double(L)

Some of the above options require specific optional equipment and may not be available unless appropriate optional equipment is installed.

You can choose from several features when collating printed matter.

OffThis setting prints all copies of the same page before printing the next page.

CollateThis setting prints all pages of each copy before printing the next copy.

No OptionsFinisher-AA1,

Saddle Finisher-AA2

Collate

Rotate+Collate

Rotate+Group

Offset+Collate

Offset+Group

Staple+Collate

✓

✓

✓

✗

✗

✗

✓

✓

✓

✗

✗

✗

✓

✗

✗

✓

✓

✓

Staple+Group ✗ ✗ ✓

✓: Available✗: Unavailable

Copy Tray

Settings Menu 3-27

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Rotate+CollateThis setting prints all pages of each copy (collating), and rotates every other complete copy 90 degrees to indicate where each copy starts.

Rotate+GroupThis setting prints all copies of the same page before printing the next page. It rotates every other complete set of pages to indicate where each new set starts.

Offset+CollateThis setting prints all pages of each copy (collating). It offsets every other complete copy by the number specified with this setting to indicate where each copy starts.

Offset+GroupThis setting prints all copies of the same page before printing the next page. It offsets every other complete set of pages to indicate where each new set starts.

Staple+CollateThis setting prints all pages of each copy (collating) and prepares them for stapling according to the option selected for [Staple+Collate].

Staple+GroupThis setting prints all copies of the same page before printing the next page, and prepares them for stapling according to the option selected for [Staple+Group].

Settings Menu3-28

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Examples of each Finisher option when printing three copies of a three page document:

IMPORTANT


3

333222111

321321321

1

1

1321

2

1111

Off

Staple+Collate

Rotate+Group

Offset+Collate Offset+Group

Staple+Group

Rotate+Collate

Collate

333

222

111

321

321

321

321

32

1

321

333

22

2

111

Settings Menu 3-29

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

NOTE

• [Rotate+Collate] and [Rotate+Group] are available if the paper size is A4, A4R, JIS-B5, JIS-B5R, LTR, or LTRR.

• If [Rotate+Collate] or [Rotate+Group] is selected, part of the print image may be cut off when the image is rotated. You need to load the same size paper as the original in the paper drawers in both landscape and portrait positions. If you do not, all the sheets will be printed in the orientation that the loaded paper is in.

• [Offset+Collate] and [Offset+Group] are available if the paper size is A3, JIS-B4, A4, A4R, JIS-B5, 11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, or EXEC.

• When you select [Staple+Collate] or [Staple+Group], you can select the stapling position.

• When you are stapling paper in landscape orientation, the image orientation and the staple position may not match.

Corner(Upper-Left)

Double(Top)

Corner(Upper-Right)

Double(Right)

Corner(Lower-Right)

Double(Bottom)

Corner(Lower-Left)

Double(Left)

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

ABC

Settings Menu3-30

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

• [Staple+Collate] and [Staple+Group] are available for selection if the paper size is A3, JIS-B4, A4, A4R, JIS-B5, 11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, or EXEC. Available staple locations depend on paper size and image orientation, as shown.

Finisher-AA1/Saddle Finisher-AA2

• The table below represents the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled.

Finisher-AA1/Saddle Finisher-AA2

• If the number of sheets exceeds these limits, they will not be stapled.• Make sure to select compatible settings when using Staple and Punch simultaneously. If

conflicting settings are selected, such as the staple setting for the right side of the paper and the punch setting for the left, the machine will use neither Staple nor Punch.

Paper Size Paper Type Capacity(Sheets)

A4, B5, LTR, EXEC

Thin Paper: 64 to 79 g/m2 50

Plain Paper: 80 to 105 g/m2 30

Heavy Paper: 106 to 256 g/m2 2

A3, B4, A4R, LGL, LTRR, 11" x 17"

Thin Paper: 64 to 79 g/m2 30

Plain Paper: 80 to 105 g/m2 20

Heavy Paper: 106 to 256 g/m2 2

StaplePosition

Corner(Upper-

Left)

Double(Left)

Corner(Lower-

Left)

Double(Bottom)

Corner(Lower- Right)

Double(Right)

Corner(Upper- Right)

Double(Top)

Paper Size

A3

JIS-B4

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ ✗

✗✗

✗

✓

A4 ✓ ✓✓ ✓ ✗✗ ✓ ✓

JIS-B5 ✓ ✓✓ ✓ ✗✗ ✓ ✓

11" × 17"

LGL

✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✗

✗✓✗✗✓

✗

✗

✓

LTR ✓ ✓✓ ✗✗ ✓ ✓✓

LTRR ✓ ✓✓* ✗✗ ✓* ✗✗

A4R ✓ ✓✓* ✗✗ ✓* ✗✗

EXEC ✓ ✓✓ ✗✗ ✓ ✓✓

* Will be stapled parallel to the edge of the paper.

✓ : Available✗ : Unavailable

Settings Menu 3-31

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Punch

Off*, Top, Bottom, Left, and Right

This setting enables you to specify the desired paper position for holes to be punched for binding.

NOTE

• This function is only available for selection if the optional Punch Unit-L1, N1, or P1 is attached to the optional Finisher-AA1 or Saddle Finisher-AA2.

• The table below represents the paper sizes that can be punched with the punch units.

• Make sure to select compatible settings when using Staple and Punch simultaneously. If conflicting settings are selected, such as the staple setting for the right side of the paper and the punch setting for the left, the machine will use neither Staple nor Punch.

• Holes cannot be punched in Transparency, Pre-punched, and Labels.

Punch Type Holes Paper Size

Punch Unit-L1 2 A3, JIS-B4, A4, A4R, JIS-B5, JIS-B5R, 11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, EXEC

Punch Unit-N1 4 A3, A4

Punch Unit-P1 4 A3, JIS-B4, A4, A4R, JIS-B5, JIS-B5R, 11" x 17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, EXEC

Settings Menu3-32

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Booklet

On, Off*

This setting enables you to prepare the printout for binding as a booklet. Booklet printing is a process whereby two pages of data are printed on the front and back of one page and it is folded in half to create a book.

If [On] is selected, the pages are bound on the left side.

IMPORTANT

• Please note that the memory of the machine can store up to 6,000 pages. When you send a secured document to be stored in the memory to be printed at a later time, and the memory is full (already reached its maximum capacity), your document will not be stored. The memory may be full because the machine is being used for other functions (such as storing a document in an inbox or storing a form) or other jobs, which use memory space.

• If the 'Finishing' settings are specified as [Rotate+Group], [Offset+Group], and [Staple+Group], then [Rotate+Collate], [Offset+Collate], and [Staple+Collate] are specified.

NOTE

• This function is available for selection if the image paper size is A4, A5, JIS-B5, Letter, or Statement. The data for these page sizes is printed on the following paper. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

• If the pages are not all the same size, this function will not work.• The 'Margin' or 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge' settings is invalid if this function is set to

[On].

Page Size Paper

A4 A3

A5 A4R

JIS-B5 JIS-B4

Letter 11" x 17"

Statement Letter-R

6

5 4

3

8

7 2

1

On

Settings Menu 3-33

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Saddle Stitch

On, Off*

This setting enables you to bind a finished print job by stapling and folding the pages of a booklet in the centre.

IMPORTANT


NOTE

• This function can only be selected if the optional Saddle Finisher-AA2 is attached.• This function is only available if 'Booklet' is set to [On].• If the print job contains only one sheet of paper, the paper will be folded but not stapled.• The maximum number of sheets that can be saddle stitched is 15. If the number of sheets is

greater than this, they will not be saddle stitched.• The number of copies of a saddle stitched booklet that can be made at one time is limited as

shown below:

Number of sheets in each booklet

Max. number of copies that can be printed

1-15 25

36

8 1

On

Settings Menu3-34

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Creep Correction

Off*, Auto, and Correction Width (0.00 to 10.00 mm (in increments of 0.05 mm); 0.00* mm)

This setting enables you to adjust the print position of each page when printing a booklet using saddle stitch.

When sheets of paper are folded in half to make a booklet, the edges of the paper protrude more the closer the pages are to the centre of the booklet. Margin width at the edges is narrowed, and part of the printing may also be cut off (depending on the number of pages and paper thickness when the edges are trimmed to make them even). Using creep correction to adjust the margin of the gutter can correct such uneven printing (creep).

When the gutter margins are adjusted with this setting

Trimming

Adjusted so that the gutter margin width is wider the more outer the page, and narrower the more inner the page

After trimming, the page margin widths are all even

After trimming, the page margin widths are all uneven

When [Off] is selected

Trimming

Gutter margin

Print position is more off-centre the closer the pages getto the middle

Printing area

Edge margin

Settings Menu 3-35

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

If [Auto] is selected, the gutter margins are automatically adjusted based on the number of pages and paper thickness.

If [Correction Width] is selected, the gutter widths are adjusted based on a value you enter which specifies the difference in how far the edge of the most inner page and the edge of the most outer page come when sheets of paper are folded in half to make the booklet.

NOTE

• This function is only available if 'Booklet' is set to [On].• Pressing [ ] increase the setting value by 0.05 mm (0.001 inches) each time the key is

pressed. Pressing [ ] decreases the setting value by 0.05 mm (0.001 inches) each time. Holding down either [ ] or [ ] continuously speeds up the value alteration.

• If this setting is used in combination with the 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge' or 'Margin', the values of these three settings are added together.

Transparency Interleaving

Off*, Blank, and Printed

If you are printing on transparencies, you can use this setting to output a sheet of paper after each transparency. The paper can be blank, or it can be a paper copy of the transparency.

If [Off] is selected, no sheets are interleaved with the transparencies.

If [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet of paper is inserted between each transparency.

If [Printed] is selected, a printed paper from the print job is inserted between each transparency.

When [Blank] or [Printed] is selected, you can set Transparency Interleaving to print multiple copies in the number specified in [Copies] settings.

IMPORTANT

[Collate] and [Offset+Collate] are the only 'Finishing' settings that you can specify with 'Transparency Interleaving', but you will not be able to specify the number of copies to output when you specify [Offset+Collate].

NOTE

If [Printed] is selected, the paper printouts are included in the Prints count. However, if [Blank] is selected, they are not included in the Prints count.

Settings Menu3-36

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Copy Set Numbering

■ Copy Set Numbering

On, Off*

This setting enables you to print documents with a five digit serial number in the background on each copy.

Copy numbers are printed in the following methods:

When printing three copies of a five page document:

IMPORTANT

• If this setting is used in combination with [Forced Secure Watermark Mode (print)] in System Settings (from the Additional Functions screen), this setting is invalid. For details on the Forced Secure Watermark Mode function, see Chapter 6, "System Manager Settings," in the Reference Guide.

• If the 'Finishing' settings are specified as [Rotate+Group], [Offset+Group], and [Staple+Group], then [Rotate+Collate], [Offset+Collate], and [Staple+Collate] are specified.

NOTE

• If the copy number has fewer than five digits, the machine prints it as follows:- Example: If the copy number is 10

10 ➞ 00010• Copy numbers are not printed on blank pages (pages with no data).• If this setting is used in combination with 'Margin' or 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge', part of

the copy number may be cut off.• This function is only available if 'Transparency Interleaving' is set to [Off].• If the number of printed copies exceeds '99999', it returns to '00001'.

00001 00001

00001

00001

00001 00001Copy Number

00001 00001

00001

00001

00001

00001 00001

00001

00001

00001

00001 00001

00001

00001

00001

00001 00001

00001

00001

00001

00001 00001

00001

00001

00001

First Copy

00002 00002

00002

00002

00002

00002 00002

00002

00002

00002

00002 00002

00002

00002

00002

00002 00002

00002

00002

00002

00002 00002

00002

00002

00002

00003 00003

00003

00003

00003

00003 00003

00003

00003

00003

00003 00003

00003

00003

00003

00003 00003

00003

00003

00003

00003 00003

00003

00003

00003

Second Copy Third Copy

Settings Menu 3-37

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Print Position

5 Locations*, Top Left, Bottom Left, Top Right, Bottom Right, and Full Surface

This setting enables you to specify the position of the copy numbers to be printed. You can select to print numbers in all five positions, in each corner, or over the entire page.

NOTE

This function is only available if 'Copy Set Numbering' is set to [On].

■ Starting Number

1 to 9999; 1*

This setting enables you to specify the copy number to start numbering. The default is '1' (printed as 00001), but you can specify up to '9999' (printed as 09999).

NOTE


00001 00001

00001

00001

00001

00001

00001

00001

00001

5 Locations Top Left Bottom Left Full SurfaceTop Right Bottom Right

Settings Menu3-38

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Number Size

Small(12 point), Medium(24 point), and Large(36 point)*

This setting enables you to select the size of copy number from 'Small', 'Medium', and 'Large' ('12.0 pt.', '24.0 pt.', and '36.0 pt.').

NOTE


■ Density

1 to 5; 3*

This setting enables you to adjust the number density and has 5 levels you can adjust, with level '3' (middle level) being the default setting. Selecting '1' makes the number lighter, and selecting '5' makes it darker.

NOTE


■ Color

Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black*, Red, Green, and Blue

This setting enables you to specify the colour of the copy number.

NOTE


Settings Menu 3-39

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

■ Number Position Vertical/Number Position Horizontal

-8 to +8 mm (in increments of 1 mm); 0* mm

The position of the copy numbers specified with 'Print Position' can be finely adjusted by offsetting them in the horizontal or vertical directions. The adjustment can be made in increments of 1 mm (1/16 inches) from -8 mm (-5/16 inches) through +8 mm (+5/16 inches).

You can increase or decrease the setting value to adjust the print position of the copy numbers, as described below.Number Position Vertical: Increasing the setting value moves the print position in the downward direction of the paper. Decreasing the setting value moves the print position in the upward direction of the paper.Number Position Horizontal: Increasing the setting value moves the print position to the right. Decreasing the setting value moves the print position to the left.

IMPORTANT

Please note that if the print position is adjusted to place the digits of the copy numbers outside the printable area, the portion outside the printable area is not printed.

NOTE

• This function is only available if 'Copy Set Numbering' is set to [On].• This setting is only effective for the print position of copy numbers. When adjusting print position

(other than the copy numbers), perform the setting with 'Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge'. (See p. 3-23 to p. 3-24.)

00001 00001

00001 00001

Horizontal "+" direction

Ver

tical

"+

" di

rect

ion

Original print position of copy numbers

Settings Menu3-40

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Personality

PS, PCL*, Imaging, and PDF1.5

This setting enables the machine to process data received from the host computer in the specified data format. You can change the setting manually to match the type of data you are sending from the host computer.

Color Mode

Auto Detect, Full Color, and Black and White*

This setting enables you to set the colour mode you want to specify when printing.

If [Auto Detect] or [Full Color] is selected, the machine automatically detects whether the page is reproduced using black (K) only or all four colours: cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black (K).

If [Black and White] is selected, data is printed in black (K) only, even if the original is in colour.

NOTE

If different colour data is overlaid, the machine may not distinguish colour from monochrome, even if [Auto Detect] or [Full Color] is selected. For example, although the printout looks monochrome, if different colour data is overlaid, it is printed in full colour mode, thereby using the colour toner cartridges to print, not the black toner cartridge. Furthermore, if the data is created as colour data in the application you are using, it is printed in full colour mode, even though the data looks monochrome.

Settings Menu 3-41

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Gradation Settings

Gradation: Off*, Smooth 1, and Smooth 2Graphics: On*, OffImage: On*, Off

Set this function when the gradation of graphics (illustrations made by software applications) or images (bitmap images) does not print smoothly (the colour changes stand out).

[Smooth 2] performs a smoother gradation than [Smooth 1]. If [Smooth 1] is selected and gradation is still not printed smoothly, select [Smooth 2]. You can select whether to apply smoothing to graphics or image data.

IMPORTANT

This setting does not apply to text data.

NOTE

• If [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is selected, and gradation is applied to halftones, graphics and images may appear grainy.

• 'Graphics' and 'Image' are only displayed when [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is selected.

Smooth 2Off

The above gradation patterns are examples.

Settings Menu3-42

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Compressed Image Output

Output*, Display Error

This setting enables you to specify how the data should be treated if the data size of the print job is too large to be stored in the machine's memory.

If [Output] is selected, the data is highly compressed (so it is able to be stored in memory), and then the job is printed. However, the print quality may diminish.

If [Display Error] is selected, the job is cancelled when the data size is too large.

NOTE

Even if [Output] is selected and the data is highly compressed, the data may still be too large to be stored in the machine's memory. In this case, the job is cancelled and an error is logged in the Print Log. (See Chapter 5, "Checking Job and Device Status," in the Reference Guide.)

Initialize

—

The menu settings can be reset to the factory defaults by initialising the printer settings.

If you select Initialize, the confirmation message <Is it OK to initialize the settings?> is displayed. If you select [Yes], the settings are initialised. If you select [No], the settings are not initialised.

IMPORTANT

Do not turn OFF the machine while the settings are being initialised, as doing so may damage the machine's memory.

Settings Menu 3-43

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

UFR II Settings

NOTE


Halftones

Text: Resolution*, Gradation, and Error DiffusionGraphics: Resolution, Gradation*, and Error DiffusionImage: Resolution, Gradation*, and Error Diffusion

This setting specifies how you print halftones.

Halftoning is used to print each process colour at a different intensity, allowing millions of different colours to be reproduced using only the four process colours. Depending on the required intensity of a given colour, toner is placed on paper in dots of different sizes. The grid of dots used for each toner colour is called a screen. Halftone screens are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate interference patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can arise with halftoning.

If [Resolution] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the resolution of the images is used. This helps eliminate the appearance of jagged or uneven lines along the edges of objects and is best for printing standard text and graphics.

If [Gradation] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the appearance of smooth changes in tone is used. This is best for reproducing images with delicate gradations or changes of tone.

If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that gives priority to printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for printing images with small text or very fine lines.

IMPORTANT

The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].

NOTE

A dither pattern creates the illusion of varying shades of gray or additional colours by treating areas of an image as groups of dots that are coloured in different patterns.

GradationResolution Error Diffusion

The above dithering patterns are examples.

UFR II Settings3-44

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

RGB Source Profile

Text: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile Graphics: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download ProfileImage: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile

This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (colour data represented using the RGB (Red Green Blue) colour model) that is appropriate for the characteristics of your monitor. This setting is applied when printing a document containing colour images or graphics made by the RGB colour model.

Settings can be applied separately for text, graphics, and image data.

sRGBThis setting specifies the industry standard definition for generic Windows (PC) monitors. If you are using an sRGB compatible monitor, you can print out colours close to how they appear on your monitor.

Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of the RGB data. The higher the value, the darker the printout.

Download ProfileThis setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.

NOTE

• For more information on obtaining the NetSpot Resource Downloader, consult your local authorised Canon dealer.

• This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].

UFR II Settings 3-45

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Output Profile

Text: Normal*, PhotoGraphics: Normal*, PhotoImage: Normal, Photo*

This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate for the data you are going to print. It is applied to all data in the print job, so make sure the selected profile is right for your job.


Under most circumstances, it is preferable to select [Normal] for text and graphics data, and [Photo] for image data.

NormalThis setting prints the colours closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor.

PhotoThis setting prints colours close to photographic prints.

NOTE

This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].

UFR II Settings3-46

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Matching Method

Text: Perceptual, Saturation*, and ColorimetricGraphics: Perceptual*, Saturation, and ColorimetricImage: Perceptual*, Saturation, and Colorimetric

This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the 'RGB Source Profile' is applied. This machine includes a colour management system that provides the following colour rendering styles.


PerceptualThis setting produces the best results for photographic or bitmapped images.

SaturationThis setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams used in business presentations.

ColorimetricThis setting provides a close match to the RGB colour value of the machine's printing range.

NOTE



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Gray Compensation

Text: On*, OffGraphics: On*, OffImage: On*, Off

This setting determines whether only black (K) toner is used.


If [On] is selected, black and gray data is printed using the black (K) toner only, which lessens toner bleeding.

If [Off] is selected, black and gray data is printed using all four (CMYK) toners. Gradation reproducibility of dark areas improves in comparison to [On].

CMS(Matching) Selection

Printer*, Host

This setting allows you to select whether the colour process will be done by the printer or the host computer (printer driver).

If [Printer] is selected, the colour process will be done by the printer.

If [Host] is selected, the colour process will not be done by the printer.

Gray Compensation [Off]Gray Compensation [On]

Test

Test TestTestTestTest

UFR II Settings3-48

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

CMS(Matching)/Gamma

Text: Gamma*, CMSGraphics: Gamma*, CMSImage: Gamma*, CMS

This setting allows you to select whether to perform colour matching, or perform colour correction by specifying a Gamma value.


Making changes to this setting switches between available / unavailable for the following items.

Gamma

Text: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, and 2.2Graphics: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, and 2.2Image: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, and 2.2

The brightness of printing can be adjusted to not lose the brightest and darkest portions of the original data. For example, this setting is made when the printout is brighter than the original image (original photograph before being scanned, graphics created on a monitor, etc.) or when wanting to change the brightness before printing. The higher the value, the darker the printout. [1.4] is the value for an uncorrected (default) state.


NOTE

This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [Gamma].

Gamma CMS

RGB Source Profile

Matching Method

Output Profile

✗

✗

✗

✓

✓

✓

Gamma ✓ ✗



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Paper Save

On*, Off

This setting specifies whether to output a blank page when software does not send print data between End Page codes.

If [On] is selected, a blank page is not output, thus saving paper.

If [Off] is selected, a blank page is output.

Advanced Smoothing

Advanced Smoothing: Off, Smooth 1*, and Smooth 2Graphics: On, Off*Text: On*, Off

This setting smoothes jagged outlines of graphics (illustrations created by application software) and characters.

[Smooth 2] performs a higher level of smoothing than [Smooth 1]. If [Smooth 1] is selected and the results are still not printed smoothly, select [Smooth 2].

By switching the on/off for 'Graphics' and 'Text', you can select whether to apply smoothing to graphics or text data.

IMPORTANT

• This setting allows you to apply smoothing to graphics data and text data. Smoothing is not applied to image data.

• The setting for 'Text' is invalid if 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi].

NOTE

• 'Graphics' and 'Text' can only be selected when [Smooth 1] or [Smooth 2] is selected for Advanced Smoothing.

• Settings for 'Graphics' and 'Text' on the touch panel display will be effective only if 'Printer Default' is set for Advanced Smoothing in the printer driver.

• The results of Advanced Smoothing may differ depending on the characters and graphics patterns.

UFR II Settings3-50

PCL Settings

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

NOTE


Paper Save

On, Off*

This setting specifies whether to output a blank page when software does not send print data between End Page codes.

If [On] is selected, a blank page is not output, thus saving paper.

If [Off] is selected, a blank page is output.

Orientation

Portrait*, Landscape

This setting enables you to set the paper orientation.

If [Portrait] is selected, the print image is printed in portrait orientation regardless of the orientation of the paper in the paper drawers.

If [Landscape] is selected, the print image is printed in landscape orientation regardless of the orientation of the paper in the paper drawers.

A B C D E

Portrait

A B C D E

Landscape

PCL Settings 3-51

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Font Number

0 to 91; 0*

You can set the default font typeface for this printer function using the corresponding font numbers. Valid font numbers are from 0 to 91.

Point Size

4.00 to 999.75 point (in increments of 0.25 points); 12.00* point

If the number selected in 'Font Number' is that of a proportionally spaced scalable font, this option appears in the PCL menu. It enables you to specify a point size for the default font. The point size can be adjusted in increments of 0.25 pts.

NOTE

This function is available if a value from '1' to '69' is specified for the 'Font Number' option.

Pitch

0.44 to 99.99 cpi (in increments of 0.01 cpi); 10.00* cpi

If the number selected in 'Font Number' is that of a fixed pitch scalable font, 'Pitch' appears in the PCL menu. It enables you to specify the pitch for the default font. The pitch can be adjusted in increments of 0.01 cpi (characters per inch).

NOTE

This function is available if a value of '0' or from '70' to '91' is specified for the 'Font Number' option.

Form Lines

5 to 128 lines; 64* lines

This setting enables you to specify the number of lines to be printed on a page. You can specify 5 to 128 lines.

PCL Settings3-52

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Symbol Set

DESKTOP, ISO4, ISO6, ISO11, ISO15, ISO17, ISO21, ISO60, ISO69, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6, LEGAL, MATH8, MCTEXT, MSPUBL, PC775, PC8*, PC850, PC852, PC8DN, PC8TK, PC1004, PIFONT, PSMATH, PSTEXT, ROMAN8, VNINTL, VNMATH, VNUS, WIN30, WINBALT, WINL1, WINL2, and WINL5

This setting enables you to select the symbol set most suited to the needs of the host computer.

Custom Paper

On, Off*

This setting enables you to specify a custom paper size. If [On] is selected, you can enter a custom size.

NOTE

You can select the custom paper size by adjusting the 'X dimension' and 'Y dimension'.

Unit of Measure

Millimeters*, Inches

This setting enables you to specify the unit of measurement you would like to use to specify your custom paper size.

NOTE

This function is only available if 'Custom Paper' is set to [On].

PCL Settings 3-53

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

X dimension

148 to 630 mm; 482.6* mm

This setting enables you to specify the X dimension of the custom paper. The X dimension can be adjusted from 148 mm (5.82 inches) through 630 mm (24.80 inches) in increments of 1.0 mm (0.01 inches).

This function can be very useful when part of the printed image is cut off. Increasing this dimension may allow some of the missing text to be correctly printed. Make sure you do not increase the X dimension beyond the actual size of the paper you are using for printing.

NOTE


Y dimension

100 to 330.2 mm; 330.2* mm

This setting enables you to specify the Y dimension of the custom paper. The Y dimension can be adjusted from 100 mm (3.93 inches) through 330.2 mm (13.00 inches) in increments of 1.0 mm (0.01 inches).

This function can be very useful when part of the printed image is cut off. Increasing this dimension may allow some of the missing text to be correctly printed. Make sure you do not increase the Y dimension beyond the actual size of the paper you are using for printing.

NOTE


PCL Settings3-54

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Append CR to LF

Yes, No*

This setting enables you to specify whether to append a carriage return (CR) when line feed code (LF) is received.

If [Yes] is selected, the print head moves to the beginning of the next line when line feed code is received.

If [No] is selected, the print head moves down to the next line when line feed code is received, and the margin does not change (such as to the beginning of the next line).

Append CR to LF [No]

LF code ( ↓ ) only

ABCDEFGHIJ

ABCDE FGHIJ

Append CR to LF [Yes]

ABCDE ↓ FGHIJ

PCL Settings 3-55

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Enlarge A4 Print Width

On, Off*

This setting determines whether to expand the printable area of A4 size paper to that of Letter size in width.

If [On] is selected, all the area on a page 4.23 mm (1/6 inches) from the top and bottom edges and 3.39 mm (11/80 inches) from the left and right edges is available for printing on A4 paper. Only the width increases.

If [Off] is selected, all the area on a page 4.23 mm (1/6 inches) from the top, bottom, left, and right edges is available for printing on A4 paper.

NOTE

• This setting is available for A4 paper only.• This setting is available for portrait orientation only.

Settings On Off

A: Length 288.54 mm (11 1/3 inches)

B: Width 203.22 mm (8 inches)

201.54 mm (7 7/8 inches)

C: Left and right edges 3.39 mm (11/80 inches)

4.23 mm (1/6 inches)

D: Top and bottom edges 4.23 mm (1/6 inches)

On

C C

D

C

D

C

DD

Off

Printable area

A

B

A

BB

PCL Settings3-56

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Halftones







IMPORTANT


NOTE




PCL Settings 3-57

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

RGB Source Profile

Text: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile Graphics: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download ProfileImage: sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, and Download Profile






NOTE


• This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [CMS].

PCL Settings3-58

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Output Profile

Text: Normal*, PhotoGraphics: Normal*, PhotoImage: Normal, Photo*





NOTE


PCL Settings 3-59

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Matching Method

Text: Perceptual, Saturation*, and ColorimetricGraphics: Perceptual*, Saturation, and ColorimetricImage: Perceptual*, Saturation, and Colorimetric






NOTE


PCL Settings3-60

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Gray Compensation

Text: On*, Off Graphics: On*, OffImage: On*, Off




NOTE

If a problem occurs to the Graphics data with the default values set, switch 'Graphics' [On] and [Off] to fix the problem.

CMS(Matching) Selection

Printer*, Host

This setting allows you to select whether the colour process will be done by the printer or the host computer (printer driver).

If [Printer] is selected, the colour process will be done by the printer.

If [Host] is selected, the colour process will not be done by the printer.


Test


PCL Settings 3-61

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

CMS(Matching)/Gamma

Text: Gamma*, CMSGraphics: Gamma*, CMSImage: Gamma*, CMS

This setting allows you to select whether to perform colour matching, or perform colour correction by specifying a Gamma value.


Making changes to this setting switches between available / unavailable for the following items.

Gamma

Text: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, and 2.2Graphics: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, and 2.2Image: 1.0, 1.4*, 1.8, and 2.2

The brightness of printing can be adjusted to not lose the brightest and darkest portions of the original data. For example, this setting is made when the printout is brighter than the original image (original photograph before being scanned, graphics created on a monitor, etc.) or when wanting to change the brightness before printing. The higher the value, the darker the printout. [1.4] is the value for an uncorrected (default) state.


NOTE

This setting is only applied if 'CMS(Matching)/Gamma' is set to [Gamma].

Gamma CMS

RGB Source Profile

Matching Method

Output Profile

✗

✗

✗

✓

✓

✓

Gamma ✓ ✗


PCL Settings3-62

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Advanced Smoothing





IMPORTANT



NOTE




PCL Settings 3-63

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

PS Settings

NOTE


Job Timeout

0 to 3600 seconds; 0* seconds

This setting enables you to specify the amount of time before a job times out. If a job has not finished within the set time limit, the job automatically cancels.

Wait Timeout

0 to 3600 seconds; 300* seconds

This setting enables you to specify the amount of time the machine will wait for data sent from the host computer before it times out. If data is not received within the set time limit, the job automatically cancels.

Print PS Errors

On, Off*

This setting determines whether an error page is printed when an error is encountered.

PS Settings3-64

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

RGB Source Profile

sRGB*, Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, Gamma 2.4, None, and Download Profile




NoneWhen this setting is selected, device dependent RGB data is converted into CMYK without applying the RGB profile.


IMPORTANT

• You may not be able to use all the profiles that are available. If colour data is printed in gray using a downloaded profile, check the downloaded profile for compatibility.

• If the machine receives data with a device independent (CIE based) colour space definition, it is colour processed with the specified settings. Therefore, 'RGB Source Profile' is not applied by the machine.

• When a setting other than [None] is selected, and the machine receives a device dependent colour space definition that is colour processed by the host computer, 'RGB Source Profile' is also applied by the machine.

NOTE

• Device independent colours are not dependent on any particular device, such as a monitor, and are meant to be true representations of colours as perceived by the human eye. These colour representations, called device independent colour spaces, result from work carried out by the Commission Internationale d'Eclairage (CIE) and for that reason are also called CIE based colour spaces.


• If a profile with the name of "None" is downloaded to the machine, the profile is not applied and the [None] setting on the menu is applied.

PS Settings 3-65

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

CMYK Simulation Profile

JapanColor(Canon), US Web Ctd(Canon), Euro Standard, None*, and Download Profile

This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print the CMYK (Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine converts CMYK data into a device dependent CMYK colour model based on the simulation target selected in the CMYK Simulation Profile.

JapanColor(Canon)This setting uses the JapanColor profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in Japan.

US Web Ctd(Canon)This setting uses the U.S. Web Coated profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in the USA.

Euro StandardThis setting uses the Euro Standard profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in Europe.

NoneWhen this setting is selected, device dependent CMYK data is printed as is without applying the CMYK profile.

Download ProfileThis setting uses custom simulation target that you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.

IMPORTANT

• You may not be able to use all the profiles that are available. If colour data is printed in gray using a downloaded profile, check the downloaded profile for compatibility.

• If the machine receives data with a device independent (CIE based) colour space definition, it is colour processed with the specified settings. Therefore 'CMYK Simulation Profile' is not applied by the machine.

• When a setting other than [None] is selected, and the machine receives a device dependent colour space definition that is colour processed by the host computer, 'CMYK Simulation Profile' is also applied by the machine.

NOTE


• When [None] is selected, areas of dark colour may be blotchy depending on the data.• If a profile with the name of "None" is downloaded to the machine, the profile is not applied and

the [None] setting on the menu is applied.

PS Settings3-66

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Use Grayscale Profile

On, Off*

This setting allows you to define how device dependent gray data is processed.

If [On] is selected, device dependent gray data is converted into CMYK data using the 'Grayscale Profile' of the machine. The data may be reproduced using only the black (K) toner, depending upon the 'Pure Black Text' process or 'Output Profile'.

If [Off] is selected, device dependent gray data is reproduced using black (K) toner only.

Output Profile

Normal*, Photo, TR Normal, TR Photo, and Download Profile




TR NormalThis setting prints the colours closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor, and also reduces toner bleeding of text and fine lines.

TR PhotoThis setting prints colours close to photographic prints, and also reduces toner bleeding of text and fine lines.

Download ProfileThis setting uses a custom profile that you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.

NOTE


• If [None] is selected for the 'RGB Source Profile' or 'CMYK Simulation Profile', or if [Off] is selected for 'Use Grayscale Profile', an Output Profile setting is not applied to device dependent colour data.

PS Settings 3-67

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Matching Method

Perceptual*, Saturation, and Colorimetric





NOTE

• Selecting [Normal] or [TR Normal] in the 'Output Profile' and [Perceptual] in the 'Matching Method' is equivalent to setting 'Matching Method' to [Perceptual(Normal)] in the printer driver.

• Selecting [Photo] or [TR Photo] in the 'Output Profile' and [Perceptual] in the 'Matching Method' is equivalent to setting 'Matching Method' to [Perceptual(Photographic)] in the printer driver.

• If [None] is selected for the 'RGB Source Profile' or 'CMYK Simulation Profile', and the machine receives a device dependent colour space definition that is colour processed by the host computer, a Matching Method setting is not applied.

PS Settings3-68

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

RGB Pure Black Process

On, Off*

This setting enables you to specify how black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B should be processed when device dependent RGB data is converted into device dependent CMYK data using the 'RGB Source Profile' of the machine.

If [On] is selected, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B is printed using the black (K) toner only, regardless of the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

If [Off] is selected, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B is printed using CMYK toners based on the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

IMPORTANT

If you can see gradations or jagged lines in the printouts of black or gray data, select [Off] in RGB Pure Black Process and select [Normal] for 'Output Profile'.

NOTE

• In combination with certain settings, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B may be printed using the black (K) toner only, even if [Off] is selected. The following are examples.- When [On] is selected for 'Pure Black Text'- When [None] is selected for 'RGB Source Profile'- When [TR Normal] or [TR Photo] is selected for 'Output Profile'- When 'Use 100% GCR Profile' in the printer driver is selected

• If [None] is selected for 'RGB Source Profile', the RGB Pure Black Process setting is not applied.

CMYK Pure Black Process

On, Off*

This setting enables you to specify how monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) should be printed when the device dependent CMYK data is processed using the 'CMYK Simulation Profile' of the machine.

If [On] is selected, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) is printed using the black (K) toner only, regardless of the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

If [Off] is selected, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) is printed using CMYK toners based on the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

NOTE

• In combination with certain settings, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) may be printed using the black (K) toner only, even if [Off] is selected. The following are examples.- When [On] is selected for 'Pure Black Text'- When [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile'- When [TR Normal] or [TR Photo] is selected for 'Output Profile'- When 'Use 100% GCR Profile' in the printer driver is selected

• If [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile', the CMYK Pure Black Process setting is not applied.

PS Settings 3-69

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Pure Black Text

On*, Off

This setting affects the printout for black (R=G=B=0% or C=M=Y=100%/Bk=N% or C=M=Y=0%/Bk=100%) text on a page. Under most circumstances it is preferable to leave this option set to [On].

If [On] is selected, black colours generated by applications are printed using only 100% black toner. This means that the colour toner will not be misaligned since only one toner colour (black) is used.

If [Off] is selected, the black text is printed using CMYK toners based on the selected Output Profile setting. For some jobs, it is preferable to turn this option [Off].

TestPure Black Text [On]

TestTestTestTestPure Black Text [Off]

PS Settings3-70

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Black Overprint

On*, Off

This setting allows you to choose a specific way to print black text when printing black text over a colour background or graphics.

If [On] is selected, you can overprint black text. When this setting is used in combination with 'Pure Black Text', the machine first prints the full colour background, then lays the black text on the top of the colour background as 100% K (black) toner. Overprinting also reduces misalignment of colours and a halo effect that can appear around the edge of the text.

If [Off] is selected, black text is printed with knockouts. The machine first prints the colour background with the black text areas "knocked out" (no colour is printed in the text areas). The black text is then printed in the knocked out area, filling in the areas not printed in colour. This may result in the black text appearing lighter, or cause a halo effect that can appear around the edge of the text.

NOTE

This setting is only applied, and has an effect on, pure black if 'Pure Black Text' is set to [On].

Brightness

85 to 115%; 100%*

This setting adjusts the brightness of the overall image. The settings can be set between 85% and 115% in increments of 5%.

Selecting [85%] makes the image brighter, and selecting [115%] makes it darker.

NOTE

This function is only available if 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].

TestBlack Overprint [On]

TestBlack Overprint [Off]

Test

PS Settings 3-71

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Combine Color Separations

On, Off*

This setting specifies whether to combine and print separation data created by application software on one page. The combined data is printed in colour so you can check overprinting or the final colour finish.

If [On] is selected, the separated data is combined and printed on one page using all four (CMYK) toners.

If [Off] is selected, the separated data is not combined and each separation is printed using the black (K) toner only.

IMPORTANT

This function is available only for separated data with DSC (Document Structuring Convention) comments that has CMYK colour specified.

NOTE

• This function is only available if 'Color Mode' is set to [Auto Detect] or [Full Color].• This function is not available with data separated using Photoshop.• Overprinting is the term for colours overlapping when they are printed.

Spot Color Matching

On, Off*

This setting enables you to specify the optimum method of reproducing Spot Colors.

Using a named colour profile, you can print converting to the device-independent colour matching the spot colour.

NOTE


• This setting is invalid even when set to [On], as named colour profiles are not preinstalled as the default. Before applying this setting, download any necessary named colour profiles to this machine.

PS Settings3-72

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Halftones







IMPORTANT


NOTE




PS Settings 3-73

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Composite Overprint

On, Off*

You can overprint device-dependent CMYK data as composite output.

All colours used for data are overlaid and printed on one plate so you can check the finished result without separating the colours.

NOTE

• This setting is only available for data having the overprint attribute set.• This setting does not apply overprinting to spot colours.• If setting other than [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile' (See p. 3-66), overprinting is

not applied.

On

Cyan Magenta

Off

Yellow blacK

PS Settings3-74

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Advanced Smoothing





IMPORTANT



NOTE




PS Settings 3-75

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Imaging Settings

Settings on this menu specify how to print TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) and JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) images that are sent directly to the machine using the Remote UI or command prompt.

NOTE

• For details on the Direct Print functions, see Chapter 5, "How to Use the Direct Print Function."• The paper size used is determined by the paper size specified in the Settings Menu.• An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.

Image Orientation

Auto*, Vertical, and Horizontal

This setting specifies whether to print an image vertically or horizontally.

If [Auto] is selected, orientation is automatically adjusted by comparing length and width of the image (TIFF/JPEG data). If the width is greater, the image is printed horizontally. If the length is greater, the image is printed vertically.

If [Vertical] is selected, the image is printed vertically regardless of its dimensions.

If [Horizontal] is selected, the image is printed horizontally regardless of its dimensions.

Zoom

Off*, Auto

This setting enlarges or reduces the size of an image to match the printable area of the paper size specified.

If [Auto] is selected, the size of the image is automatically enlarged or reduced to match the printable area of the specified paper size. If the size of the image is larger than the printable area, it is automatically reduced. If the size of the image is smaller than the printable area, it is automatically enlarged.

IMPORTANT

• Even if [Off] is selected, the image size is automatically reduced if it is larger than the printable area of the specified paper size.

• If [Auto] is selected, Tags contained in TIFF data that specify the data's printable area will be ignored.

NOTE

• If there is blank space in the top, bottom, left, and right edges when using this setting, use the 'Print Position' setting in combination with this setting to adjust the print position.

• This setting uses the same ratio for both the length and width to enlarge or reduce the size of the image.

Imaging Settings3-76

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Print Position

Auto*, Center, and Top Left

This setting specifies the print position for the image.

If [Auto] is selected, the image is printed in the specified position of the paper if the print position for the TIFF data is specified. If the print position is not specified, the image is printed in the centre of the paper.

If [Center] is selected, the image is printed in the centre of the paper regardless of whether the print position of the TIFF data is specified.

If [Top Left] is selected, the image is printed in the top left of the paper regardless of whether the print position of the TIFF data is specified.

IMPORTANT

As the JPEG file format does not contain print position information, JPEG images are printed in the centre of the paper even if [Auto] is selected.

Show Warnings

On*, Off

This setting specifies the action to be taken if an error associated with printing an image occurs on the machine.

If [On] is selected, an error message is displayed.

If [Off] is selected, the print job is cancelled and an error message is not displayed.

IMPORTANT

Depending on the error, an error message may be displayed even if [Off] is selected.

Imaging Settings 3-77

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Enlarge Print Area

Off*, On

This setting specifies whether to enlarge the printable area on the paper.

If [Off] is selected, the printable area is 5 mm (1/5 inches) from the top, bottom, left and right edges of the specified paper size.

If [On] is selected, the printable area is enlarged to the edge of the paper.

NOTE

If [On] is selected, images on the edge of the paper may not print properly.

Halftones

Resolution, Gradation*, and Error Diffusion






NOTE





3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

RGB Source Profile







NOTE




3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u



This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print the CMYK (Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine converts CMYK data into a device dependent CMYK colour model based on the simulation target selected in the 'CMYK Simulation Profile'.






NOTE


• When [None] is selected, areas of dark colour may be blotchy depending on the data.• If a profile with the name of "None" is downloaded to the machine, the profile is not applied and

the [None] setting on the menu is applied.


3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u


On, Off*


If [On] is selected, device dependent gray data is converted into CMYK data using the 'Grayscale Profile' of the machine. The data may be reproduced using only the black (K) toner, depending upon 'Output Profile'.


Output Profile

Normal, Photo*, TR Normal, TR Photo, and Download Profile




TR NormalThis setting prints the colours closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor, and also reduces toner bleeding of text and fine lines.

TR PhotoThis setting prints colours close to photographic prints, and also reduces toner bleeding of text and fine lines.


NOTE




3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Matching Method






NOTE

If [None] is selected for 'RGB Source Profile', a Matching Method setting is not applied.


3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

RGB Pure Black Process

On, Off*

This setting enables you to specify how black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B should be processed when device dependent RGB data is converted into device dependent CMYK data using the 'RGB Source Profile' of the machine.

If [On] is selected, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B is printed using the black (K) toner only, regardless of the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

If [Off] is selected, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B is printed using CMYK toners based on the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

IMPORTANT

If you can see gradations or jagged lines in the printouts of black or gray data, select [Off] in RGB Pure Black Process and select [Normal] for 'Output Profile'.

NOTE

• In combination with certain settings, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B may be printed using the black (K) toner only, even if [Off] is selected. The following are examples.- When [None] is selected for 'RGB Source Profile'- When [TR Normal] or [TR Photo] is selected for 'Output Profile'

• If [None] is selected for 'RGB Source Profile', the RGB Pure Black Process setting is not applied.

CMYK Pure Black Process

On, Off*

This setting enables you to specify how monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) should be printed when the device dependent CMYK data is processed using the 'CMYK Simulation Profile' of the machine.

If [On] is selected, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) is printed using the black (K) toner only, regardless of the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

If [Off] is selected, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) is printed using CMYK toners based on the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

NOTE

• In combination with certain settings, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) may be printed using the black (K) toner only, even if [Off] is selected. The following are examples.- When [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile'- When [TR Normal] or [TR Photo] is selected for 'Output Profile'

• If [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile', the CMYK Pure Black Process setting is not applied.


3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

PDF1.5 Settings

Settings on this menu specify how to print PDF files that are sent directly to the machine using the Remote UI or command prompt.

NOTE

• For details on the Direct Print functions, see Chapter 5, "How to Use the Direct Print Function."• An asterisk (*) indicates the default setting in this section.

Render Color Space

Auto*, CMYK

This setting specifies the PDF file rendering method.

If [Auto] is selected, the colour space setting switches between RGB and CMYK on every page.

If [CMYK] is selected, the colour space setting is specified as CMYK. It is used if the colour is different between pages when you print a job with multiple pages.

IMPORTANT

If 'Output Profile' (See p. 3-87) is specified as [Download Profile], then 'Render Color Space' is specified as [CMYK].

NOTE

This function is only available if the 'Color Mode' is set to [Auto Detect] or [Full Color].

PDF1.5 Settings3-84

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

RGB Source Profile







IMPORTANT

If the machine receives data with a device independent (CIE based) colour space definition, it is colour processed with the specified settings. Therefore, 'RGB Source Profile' is not applied by the machine.

NOTE


• Device independent colours are not dependent on any particular device, such as a monitor, and are meant to be true representations of colours as perceived by the human eye. These colour representations, called device independent colour spaces, result from work carried out by the Commission Internationale d'Eclairage (CIE) and for that reason are also called CIE based colour spaces.


PDF1.5 Settings 3-85

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u



This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print the CMYK (Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine converts CMYK data into a device dependent CMYK colour model based on the simulation target selected in the CMYK Simulation Profile.






IMPORTANT

If the machine receives data with a device independent (CIE based) colour space definition, it is colour processed with the specified settings. Therefore 'CMYK Simulation Profile' is not applied by the machine.

NOTE



• When [None] is selected, areas of dark colour may be blotchy depending on the data.

PDF1.5 Settings3-86

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Output Profile

Normal*, Photo, and Download Profile





IMPORTANT

If [Download Profile] is selected, 'Render Color Space' is specified as [CMYK].

NOTE





On, Off*


If [On] is selected, device dependent gray data is converted into CMYK data using the 'Grayscale Profile' of the machine. The data may be reproduced using only the black (K) toner, depending upon the 'Pure Black Text' process or 'Output Profile'.



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Matching Method






NOTE

If [None] is selected for the 'RGB Source Profile', and the machine receives a device dependent colour space definition that is colour processed by the host computer, this setting is not applied.

Pure Black Text

On*, Off

This setting affects the printout for black (R=G=B=0% or C=M=Y=100%/Bk=N% or C=M=Y=0%/Bk=100%) text on a page. Under most circumstances it is preferable to leave this option set to [On].

If [On] is selected, black colours generated by applications are printed using only 100% black toner. This means that the colour toner will not be misaligned since only one toner colour (black) is used.

If [Off] is selected, the black text is printed using CMYK toners based on the selected Output Profile setting. For some jobs, it is preferable to turn this option [Off].

NOTE

If 'Render Color Space' is set to [Auto], this setting may also be applied to gray text.

TestPure Black Text [On]

TestTestTestTestPure Black Text [Off]

PDF1.5 Settings3-88

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Black Overprint

On*, Off

This setting allows you to choose a specific way to print black text when printing black text over a colour background or graphics.

If [On] is selected, you can overprint black text. When this setting is used in combination with 'Pure Black Text', the machine first prints the full colour background, then lays the black text on the top of the colour background as 100% K (black) toner. Overprinting also reduces misalignment of colours and a halo effect that can appear around the edge of the text.

If [Off] is selected, black text is printed with knockouts. The machine first prints the colour background with the black text areas "knocked out" (no colour is printed in the text areas). The black text is then printed in the knocked out area, filling in the areas not printed in colour. This may result in the black text appearing lighter, or cause a halo effect that can appear around the edge of the text.

NOTE

• This setting is only applied, and has an effect on, pure black if 'Pure Black Text' is set to [On].• If 'Render Color Space' is set to [Auto], this setting may not be applied.

TestBlack Overprint [On]

TestBlack Overprint [Off]

Test


3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Composite Overprint

On, Off*

You can overprint device-dependent CMYK data as composite output.

All colours used for data are overlaid and printed on one plate so you can check the finished result without separating the colours.

NOTE

• This setting is only available for data having the overprint attribute set.• This setting does not apply overprinting to spot colours.• If setting other than [None] is selected for 'CMYK Simulation Profile' (See p. 3-86), overprinting is

not applied.• If [On] is selected, the overall colour may change compared to if [Off] is selected. If the colour

changes, set 'Render Color Space' (See p. 3-84) to [CMYK] to match the colour.

Brightness

85 to 115%; 100%*

This setting adjusts the brightness of the overall image. The settings can be set between 85% and 115% in increments of 5%.

Selecting [85%] makes the image brighter, and selecting [115%] makes it darker.

NOTE

• This function is only available if 'Toner Save' is set to [Off].• If 'Render Color Space' is set to [Auto], this setting may not be applied.

On

Cyan Magenta

Off

Yellow blacK

PDF1.5 Settings3-90

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Gray Compensation

On, Off*




Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Size

On, Off*

This setting enlarges or reduces the original document to match the printable area of the paper size.

If [On] is selected, the document is reduced to a page size that fits the paper size if the page size specified in the PDF file is larger than the printable area of the paper size. Conversely, the original document is enlarged to a page size that fills the paper size if the page size specified in the PDF file is smaller than the printable area of the paper size.

NOTE

• If you specify [Auto] in 'Paper Size' using the Remote UI, this setting is not applied.• The PDF file page size is enlarged or reduced with the same ratio for both the length and width.


Test



3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Enlarge Print Area

On, Off*

This setting specifies whether to enlarge the printable area to the edge of the paper.

If [On] is selected, the printable area is enlarged to the edges of the paper. If the PDF file page aspect ratio is the same as the specified paper size, you can print without inserting any blank spaces on the edge of the paper.

If [Off] is selected, the printable area is reduced to 4 mm from the top, bottom, left, and right edges of the paper.

NOTE

If [On] is selected, images on the edge of the paper may not print properly.

N-up Print

Off*, 2 on 1, 4 on 1, 6 on 1, 8 on 1, 9 on 1, and 16 on 1

You can print several pages of PDF file data on 1 sheet of paper. Multiple pages are printed from (top) left to right.

Example: If 'Vertical' is specified in the PDF file Page Setup.

2 on 1 4 on 1 6 on 1

8 on 1 9 on 1 16 on 1

PDF1.5 Settings3-92

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Halftones







IMPORTANT


NOTE





3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Comment Print

Auto*, On, and Off

This setting specifies whether to print annotations in the PDF file.

If [Auto] is selected, only the annotations specified for printing in the PDF file are printed.

If [On] is selected, all annotations are printed.

If [Off] is selected, no annotations are printed.

Spot Color Matching

On, Off*

This setting enables you to specify the optimum method of reproducing Spot Colors.

Using a named colour profile, you can print converting to the device-independent colour matching the spot colour.

NOTE


• This setting is invalid even when set to [On], as named colour profiles are not preinstalled as the default. Before applying this setting, download any necessary named colour profiles to this machine.

PDF1.5 Settings3-94

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Advanced Smoothing





IMPORTANT



NOTE




3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Utility Menu

Initialize PCL Hard Disk

—

If trouble occurs when fonts or macros are downloaded from a personal computer to this machine using the download utility, initialise the PCL hard disk partition.

For details, see "If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer," on p. 6-25.

IMPORTANT

• This function can only be selected if the System Management Mode is set.• Never initialise the PCL hard disk when the machine is operating normally. Before initialising, be

sure to read "If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer," on p. 6-25.

Initialize PS Hard Disk

—

If trouble occurs when fonts or macros are downloaded from a personal computer to the machine using the download utility, initialise the PS hard disk partition.

For details, see "If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer," on p. 6-25.

IMPORTANT

• This function can only be selected if the System Management Mode is set.• Never initialise the PS hard disk when the machine is operating normally. Before initialising, be

sure to read "If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer," on p. 6-25.

Utility Menu3-96

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Reset Printer

—

If you want to clear all print jobs in progress as well as data that has been received in memory, you must reset the printer function. Resetting the printer deletes print jobs in the machine's memory and the print data that has been received by all interfaces.

NOTE

• If the machine is being used in a network, please note that resetting the printer function may affect data being received from other users.

• If you reset the printer function, data is deleted for print jobs that have already been received, or received while the printer function is being reset. However, in some cases, the data is not deleted from the machine's memory, and the print job may not print correctly. Canon recommends that you reset the printer function to delete the data and print the job again.

• If you have downloaded fonts to the machine from a Macintosh computer, you need to restart the machine or reset the printer function from this menu, in order to enable the downloaded fonts when spool printing.

Utility Menu 3-97

3

Prin

ter

Set

tings

Men

u

Utility Menu3-98

CHAPTER

4
Report Settings Menu This chapter describes how to use the Report Settings menu to check the configuration of the print function or print a font list, colour test page, or colour chart.
Overview of Report Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

PCL Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Configuration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3Font List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3

PS Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Configuration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4Font List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4RGB Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4CMYK Test Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4RGB Color Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5CMYK Color Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5

4-1

4

Rep

ort S

ettin

gs M

enu

Overview of Report Settings

The following table lists all settings of the Report Settings menu.

■ Printer Menu


PCL

Configuration Page — p. 4-3

Font List — p. 4-3

PS

Configuration Page — p. 4-4

Font List — p. 4-4

RGB Test Page — p. 4-4

CMYK Test Page — p. 4-4

RGB Color Chart — p. 4-5

CMYK Color Chart — p. 4-5

Overview of Report Settings4-2

PCL Menu

4

Rep

ort S

ettin

gs M

enu

Configuration Page

—

Details of RAM capacity, settings in the printer's menus, etc., are printed.

If you select Configuration Page, the confirmation message <Print the Configuration page?> is displayed. If you select [Yes], the configuration page is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.

Font List

—

ID numbers, names, and samples of fonts held by the printer are printed.

If you select Font List, the confirmation message <Print the Font list?> is displayed.

If you select [Yes], the font list is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.

PCL Menu 4-3

4

Rep

ort S

ettin

gs M

enu

PS Menu

Configuration Page

—

Details of RAM capacity, settings in the printer's menus, etc., are printed.

If you select Configuration Page, the confirmation message <Print the Configuration page?> is displayed. If you select [Yes], the configuration page is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.

Font List

—

Names and samples of fonts held by the printer are printed.

If you select Font List, the confirmation message <Print the Font list?> is displayed.

If you select [Yes], the font list is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.

RGB Test Page

—

Settings and samples of RGB colour held by the printer are printed.

If you select Test Page, the confirmation message <Print the RGB Test Page?> is displayed.

If you select [Yes], the test page is printed, and if you select [No], it is not printed.

CMYK Test Page

—

Settings and samples of CMYK colour held by the printer are printed.

If you select Test Page, the confirmation message <Print the CMYK Test Page?> is displayed.


PS Menu4-4

4

Rep

ort S

ettin

gs M

enu

RGB Color Chart

—

Settings and RGB colour chart held by the printer are printed.

If you select Color Chart, the confirmation message <Print the RGB Color Chart?> is displayed.


CMYK Color Chart

—

Settings and CMYK colour chart held by the printer are printed.

If you select Color Chart, the confirmation message <Print the CMYK Color Chart?> is displayed.


PS Menu 4-5

4

Rep

ort S

ettin

gs M

enu

PS Menu4-6

CHAPTER

5
How to Use the Direct Print Function
This chapter describes Direct Printing features, system environments that you can use the Remote UI in, and how to use the Direct Print function.

Overview of Direct Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

System Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Printing Directly from the Remote UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Printing PDF Files Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Printing PS/EPS Files Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Printing Image Files Directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28

Printing Directly Using the Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

5-1

5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

Overview of Direct Printing

Direct Print is a print function that enables you to send a file without using a printer driver from the host terminal to the machine, which recognises the file. Therefore, you do not need to open the file to print it.

You can print a PDF file or an Image file (TIFF/JPEG) by specifying the location on your computer or URL from the Remote UI.

You can also use the Direct Print function by entering a command (LPR command) in the command prompt.

IMPORTANT

• To make the Direct Print function available, first register the licence, then turn the main power of the machine OFF and then ON again, and finally initialising the printer's settings to their default values. For more information, see "Reset Printer," on p. 3-97.

• With Direct Print, "Settings Menu," "PS Settings," "Imaging Settings," and "PDF1.5 Settings" are available from the touch panel display. For settings with these menus, see Chapter 3, "Printer Settings Menu."

Overview of Direct Printing5-2

System Requirements

5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

The system requirements for the Remote UI are as follows:

■ Windows• OS (Operating System)

- Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional- Microsoft Windows XP- Microsoft Windows Vista

• Web Browser- Microsoft Internet Explorer 6, or later

■ Macintosh• OS (Operating System)

- Mac OS 10.3, or later• Web Browser

- Safari 1.3.2, or later

IMPORTANT

• Available browsers may be limited depending on the login services for the MEAP function you are using. For instructions on how to use the login services, see the MEAP SMS Administrator Guide.

• The appearance of the Remote UI screens may vary, depending on the type and version of the Web browser that you are using.

• This machine is compliant with IPv6 addresses. To access IPv6 addresses, your environment must be compliant with IPv6.

NOTE

Apart from those mentioned above, no other software, such as a web server, is necessary. (There already is a web server inside the machine.)

System Requirements 5-3

5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

Printing Directly from the Remote UI

You can print PDF files or Image files (TIFF/JPEG) directly from the Remote UI, without having to open the files. For more information on the basic operations of the Remote UI, see the Remote UI Guide. To print a PDF file directly from the Remote UI, follow the instructions below.

NOTE

Even in cases where you cannot print a file or if the print output is out of alignment using the Direct Print function, you may still be able to open the file in an application and print it using the printer driver.

Printing PDF Files DirectlyFollow the steps below for Direct Printing of a PDF file from the Remote UI.

IMPORTANT

• The Direct Print function for PDF files supports PDF version 1.5; some functions are not supported. PDF files that are version 1.6 or later are printed with only the specifications that are supported by version 1.5 (however, some functions are not supported).

• The following items are not supported for PDF version 1.5.- JBIG2 decoder- JPEG2000 decoder- File Specifications (Reference to an external file is not supported.)- Public Key Security Handler (Support is limited to the PDF Standard Security Handler.)- PS X Object- Transfer Functions- Halftones- Transparency Groups- Free Text Annotations (XHTML, XML, and CSS are not supported.)- Field Dictionaries (Rich Text strings are not supported.)- Digital Signatures (A signature will be printed although its authenticity will not be verified. If an icon

exists to indicate the presence of a signature in the PDF file or of an edited signature, printing will still occur without an indication of authenticity.)

- File Identifiers (Reference to an external file is not supported.)- Output Intents- Open Prepress Interface (OPI)

Printing Directly from the Remote UI5-4

5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

1 Start your web browser ➞ enter the appropriate URL into [Address] or [Location].http://<the IP address of the device>/

NOTE

• If you do not know the appropriate URL, consult your system administrator.• For details on how to start the Remote UI, see the Remote UI Guide.• When the printer's host name is registered on the DNS server, you can enter it in place of the IP

address in [Host Name.Domain Name].Example : http://my_printer.xy_dept.company.com

Printing Directly from the Remote UI 5-5

5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

2 Click [Direct Print] ➞ select [PDF File] from the menu that appears under [Direct Print].

If Department ID Management is set, a dialog box prompting you to enter the Department ID and password appears. Enter the Department ID and password ➞ click [OK].


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

3 Specify the location of the PDF file that you want to print.

● To Specify the [File Path]❑ Click [Browse] ➞ click [Open] after selecting the file.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

● To Specify the [URL]❑ Enter the URL of the PDF file you want to print.

* For URLs that need user certification, enter the [User] and [Password].

NOTE

• If you specify a PDF file by entering its URL, the next print job cannot be processed until the PDF file is downloaded or until the browser disconnects from the web server.

• Only HTTP protocol is supported when you print a PDF file by entering its URL.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

4 Enter the password in [Document Password] to open PDF files that have a password specified.

IMPORTANT

• If you try to print without entering the password, the error message <PDL PDF Data Decode Err> is displayed and printing is cancelled.

• Enter the master password in [Document Password] to print a password protected PDF file.• You do not need to enter a password if the only password specified is the password (master

password) to change the security settings.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

5 Specify the settings for [Specify Print Range].Select [All] to print every page.If you want to specify the pages to print by the page number, click [Pages] ➞ enter the page numbers. Only the setting for the item whose radio button is selected will be effective.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

6 Specify the settings under [Quality Settings] according to your preference.

Details of each menu are shown below.

[Resolution] This setting specifies the resolution for printing.Resolution is expressed in units of dpi (dots per inch), indicating the number of dots in one inch. The higher the value, the greater the resolution, allowing finer expression of detail.• If [600 dpi] is selected, you can perform printing suited to general documents and tables.• If [1200 dpi] is selected, characters and lines can be finely printed.

[Halftones] This setting specifies how you print halftones.Halftoning is used to print each process colour at a different intensity, allowing millions of different colours to be reproduced using only the four process colours.Depending on the required intensity of a given colour, toner is placed on paper in dots of different sizes. The grid of dots used for each toner colour is called a screen. Halftone screens are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate interference patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can arise with halftoning.• If [Resolution] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the resolution of the images is used. This helps eliminate the appearance of jagged or uneven lines along the edges of objects and is best for printing standard text and graphics.• If [Gradation] is selected, a dither pattern that gives priority to the appearance of smooth changes in tone is used. This is best for reproducing images with delicate gradations or changes of tone.• If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that gives priority to printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for printing images with small text or very fine lines.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

[Advanced Smoothing]

This setting smoothes jagged outlines of graphics (illustrations created by application software) and characters.[Smooth 2] performs a higher level of smoothing than [Smooth 1]. If [Smooth 1] is selected and the results are still not printed smoothly, select [Smooth 2].By enabling the 'Graphics' and 'Text' options, you can select whether to apply smoothing to graphics or text data.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

7 Specify the settings under [Color Settings] according to your preference.


[Color Mode] This setting enables you to set the colour mode you want to specify when printing.• If [Auto-Color Select] or [Full Color] is selected, the machine automatically detects whether the page is reproduced using black (K) only or all four colours: cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black (K).• If [Black] is selected, data is printed in black (K) only, even if the original is in colour.

[Render Color Space]

This setting specifies the PDF file rendering method.• If [Auto] is selected, the colour space setting switches between RGB and CMYK on every page.• If [CMYK] is selected, the colour space setting is specified as CMYK. It is used if the colour is different between pages when you print a job with multiple pages.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

[RGB Source Profile]

This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (colour data represented using the RGB (Red Green Blue) colour model) that is appropriate for the characteristics of your monitor. This setting is applied when printing a document containing colour images or graphics made by the RGB colour model.[sRGB]This setting specifies the industry standard definition for generic Windows (PC) monitors. If you are using an sRGB compatible monitor, you can print out colours close to how they appear on your monitor.[Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4]These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of the RGB data. The higher the value, the darker the printout.[None]When this setting is selected, device dependent RGB data is converted into CMYK without applying the RGB profile.[Download Profile]This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.

[CMYK Simulation Profile]

This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print the CMYK (Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine converts CMYK data into a device dependent CMYK colour model based on the simulation target selected in the CMYK Simulation Profile.[JapanColor(Canon)]This setting uses the JapanColor profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in Japan.[US Web Coated(Canon)]This setting uses the U.S. Web Coated profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in the USA.[Euro Standard]This setting uses the Euro Standard profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in Europe.[None]When this setting is selected, device dependent CMYK data is printed as is without applying the CMYK profile.[Download Profile]This setting uses custom simulation target that you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.

[Output Profile] This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate for the data you are going to print. It is applied to all data in the print job, so make sure the selected profile is right for your job.[Normal]This setting prints the colours closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor.[Photo]This setting prints colours close to photographic prints.[Download Profile]This setting uses custom simulation target that you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

[Matching Method] This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the RGB Source Profile is applied. This machine includes a colour management system that provides the following colour rendering styles.[Perceptual]This setting produces the best results for photographic or bitmapped images.[Saturation]This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams used in business presentations.[Colorimetric]This setting provides a close match to the RGB colour value of the machine's printing range.

[Use Grayscale Profile]

You can convert device dependent gray data into CMYK data by using the Grayscale Profile of the machine. However, the data may be reproduced using only the black (K) toner, depending upon the Pure Black Text or Output Profile.

[Pure Black Text] This setting affects the printout for black (R=G=B=0% or C=M=Y=100%/Bk=N%) text on a page. Under most circumstances it is preferable to leave this option selected.If you enable this option, black colours generated by applications are printed using only 100% black toner. This means that the colour toner will not be misaligned since only one toner colour (black) is used.

[Black Overprint] This setting allows you to choose a specific way to print black text when printing black text over a colour background or graphics.If you enable this option, you can overprint black text. When this setting is used in combination with the Pure Black Text option, the machine first prints the full colour background, then lays the black text on the top of the colour background as 100% K (black) toner. Overprinting also reduces misalignment of colours and a halo effect that can appear around the edge of the text.

[Use Composite Overprinting]

You can overprint device-dependent CMYK data as composite output.All colours used for data are overlaid and printed on one plate so you can check the finished result without separating the colours.

[Brightness] This setting adjusts the brightness of the overall image. The settings can be set between 85% and 115% in increments of 5%. Selecting [85%] makes the image brighter, and selecting [115%] makes it darker.

[Perform Gray Compensation]

This setting determines whether only black (K) toner is used. If you enable this option, black and gray data is printed using the black (K) toner only, which lessens toner bleeding.

[Perform Spot Color Matching]

This setting enables you to specify the optimum method of reproducing Spot Colors.Using a named colour profile, you can print converting to the device-independent colour matching the spot colour.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

8 Specify the settings under [Print Settings] according to your preference.


[Copies] This setting enables you to specify the number of copies printed.

[Paper Size] This setting specifies the output paper size.• If [Auto] is selected, the most appropriate paper source is selected according to the PDF file page size.• If a setting other than [Auto] is selected, the file is printed so that the orientation of the long edge of the PDF file page size and the long edge of the selected paper matches.If the PDF file page size exceeds the largest or smallest size of the user defined paper, jobs are cancelled. (They are not included in the Prints count.)

[Paper Type] This setting specifies the output paper type.

[Manual Feed] This setting enables you to fix the paper feed source to manual feed.

[Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Paper Size]

If you select the checkbox, the selected page size is enlarged or reduced with the same ratio for both the length and width to print within the printable area. However this function is not available if [Auto] is selected in [Paper Size].

[Enlarge Print Area]This setting specifies whether to enlarge the printable area to the edge of the paper.

[2-Sided] This setting specifies whether to print on one-side or both sides of the paper.

[Binding Location] This setting specifies whether to place the binding position along the long edge or the short edge of the paper. If the margin is specified on the touch panel display, the binding margin position is automatically adjusted on the front and back sides of the paper.For more information, see "Margin," on p. 3-21.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

[Page Layout] You can print multiple pages of PDF data on one page.* If you print multiple pages, select a setting other than [Auto] in 'Paper Size'.

[Page Order] If you print multiple pages on one page in the [Page Layout] settings, you can specify the order that the pages are arranged onto the source paper.

[Finishing]* This setting specifies whether to print in pages or copies.• If [Off] is selected, all copies of the same page are printed before the next page is printed.• If [Collate (Page order)] is selected, all pages of each copy are printed before the next copy is printed.• If [Group (Same pages)] is selected, all copies of the same page are printed before the next page is printed.• If [Staple] is selected, all pages of each copy (collating) are printed and stapled.

[Rotate]* • If the checkbox and [Collate (Page order)] are selected in [Finishing], all pages of each copy (collating) are printed, and rotates every other complete copy 90 degrees to indicate where each copy starts.• If the checkbox and [Group (Same pages)] are selected in [Finishing], all copies of the same page are printed before printing the next page. It rotates every other complete set of pages 90 degrees to indicate where each new set starts.

[Offset]* • If the checkbox and [Collate (Page order)] are selected in [Finishing], all pages of each copy (collating) are printed, and every other complete copy is offset to indicate where each copy starts.• If the checkbox and [Group (Same pages)] are selected in [Finishing], all copies of the same page are printed before printing the next page. Every other complete set of pages is offset to indicate where each new set starts.

[Hole Punch]* This setting allows you to punch holes in the printed-paper. Select the checkbox and one of either [Left], [Right], [Top], or [Bottom].If you select both the staple and punch settings, specify the punch and staple settings so the positions match. If the positions do not match (for example, the staple position is on the right and the punch position is on the left), both settings are void and the paper is printed without either stapling or punching.

[Staple Position]* This setting specifies the staple position if [Staple] is selected in [Finishing].• If [Corner] is selected, you can select one of either [Top Left], [Top Right], [Bottom Left], or [Bottom Right].• If [Double] is selected, you can select one of either [Left], [Right], [Top], or [Bottom].

[Booklet] This setting enables you to prepare the printout for binding as a booklet. Booklet printing is a process whereby two pages of data are printed on the front and back of one page and it is folded in half to create a book.

[Saddle Stitch]* This setting enables you to bind a finished print job by stapling and folding the pages of a booklet in the centre.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

* The settings and settings values displayed on the Remote UI differ depending on which options are attached.

[Comment Print] This setting specifies whether to print annotations.• If [Auto] is selected, only the annotations specified for printing in the PDF file are printed.• If [On] is selected, all annotations are printed.• If [Off] is selected, no annotations are printed.

[Store In User Inbox]

To store the data in a User Inbox, select [Store In User Inbox] and then select the destination User Inbox.

[Document Name after Storing]

To store the data in a User Inbox, you can specify the document name.The document name cannot exceed 24 characters.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

9 Click [Start Print].

Click [Reset] to return the settings to their default values.

Do not click [Start Print] continuously during file transfer. The file transfer process may take some time, but continuously clicking [Start Print] may cause the file to crash and not transfer.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

After sending of a print job is completed, the screen changes and the following message appears.

Click [to Job List] to verify sent print jobs that have already been sent.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

Printing PS/EPS Files DirectlyFollow the steps below for Direct Printing of a PS/EPS file from the Remote UI.


NOTE




5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

2 Click [Direct Print] ➞ select [PS/EPS File] from the menu that appears under [Direct Print].



5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

3 Specify the location of the PS/EPS file that you want to print.Click [Browse] ➞ click [Open] after selecting the file.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n



[Color Mode] This setting enables you to set the colour mode you want to specify when printing.• If [Auto-Color Select] is selected, the machine automatically detects whether the page is reproduced using black (K) only or all four colours: cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black (K).• If [Black] is selected, data is printed in black (K) only, even if the original is in colour.

[Resolution] This setting specifies the resolution for printing.Resolution is expressed in units of dpi (dots per inch), indicating the number of dots in one inch. The higher the value, the greater the resolution, allowing finer expression of detail.• If [600 dpi] is selected, you can perform printing suited to general documents and tables.• If [1200 dpi] is selected, characters and lines can be finely printed.





5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

* The settings and settings values displayed on the Remote UI differ depending on which options are attached.

[Finishing]* This setting specifies whether to print in pages or copies.• If [Off] is selected, all copies of the same page are printed before the next page is printed.• If [Collate (Page order)] is selected, all pages of each copy are printed before the next copy is printed.• If [Group (Same pages)] is selected, all copies of the same page are printed before the next page is printed.• If [Staple] is selected, all pages of each copy (collating) are printed and stapled.

[Rotate]* • If the checkbox and [Collate (Page order)] are selected in [Finishing], all pages of each copy (collating) are printed, and rotates every other complete copy 90 degrees to indicate where each copy starts.• If the checkbox and [Group (Same pages)] are selected in [Finishing], all copies of the same page are printed before printing the next page. It rotates every other complete set of pages 90 degrees to indicate where each new set starts.

[Offset]* • If the checkbox and [Collate (Page order)] are selected in [Finishing], all pages of each copy (collating) are printed, and every other complete copy is offset to indicate where each copy starts.• If the checkbox and [Group (Same pages)] are selected in [Finishing], all copies of the same page are printed before printing the next page. Every other complete set of pages is offset to indicate where each new set starts.

[Hole Punch]* This setting allows you to punch holes in the printed-paper. Select the checkbox and one of either [Left], [Right], [Top], or [Bottom].If you select both the staple and punch settings, specify the punch and staple settings so the positions match. If the positions do not match (for example, the staple position is on the right and the punch position is on the left), both settings are void and the paper is printed without either stapling or punching.

[Staple Position]* This setting specifies the staple position if [Staple] is selected in [Finishing].• If [Corner] is selected, you can select one of either [Top Left], [Top Right], [Bottom Left], or [Bottom Right].• If [Double] is selected, you can select one of either [Left], [Right], [Top], or [Bottom].

[Store In User Inbox]

To store the data in a User Inbox, select [Store In User Inbox] and then select the destination User Inbox.

[Document Name after Storing]

To store the data in a User Inbox, you can specify the document name.The document name cannot exceed 24 characters.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n





5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n




5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

Printing Image Files DirectlyFollow the steps below for Direct Printing of a TIFF/JPEG image file from the Remote UI.

Direct printing of image files for JPEG images supports specifications for ITU-T Recommendation T.81.

TIFF images support specifications for Adobe TIFF Revision 6.0.

IMPORTANT

This machine supports the following encoding methods for JPEG images.- Supported encoding

Baseline DCT encoding- Non-supported encoding

Extended DCT encodingLossless encodingHierarchical encoding

This machine supports the following encoding methods for TIFF images.- Supported encoding

UncompressedITU-T Recommendation T.4 one-dimensional encodingITU-T Recommendation T.4 two-dimensional encodingITU-T Recommendation T.6 basic facsimile encodingITU-T Recommendation T.81 JPEG (Basic DCT methods only)PackBits (Apple Macintosh PackBits methods)

- Non-supported encodingLZWITU-T Recommendation T.82 JBIG (Bi-level black-and-white)ITU-T Recommendation T.43 JBIG (Colour)ITU-T Recommendation T.44 MRC


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n


NOTE




5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

2 Click [Direct Print] ➞ select [Image File] from the menu that appears under [Direct Print].



5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

3 Specify the location of the Image file that you want to print.Click [Browse➞ click [Open] after selecting the file.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

4 Specify the settings for [Specify Print Range].Select [All] to print every page.If you want to specify the pages to print by the page number, click [Pages] ➞ enter the page numbers. Only the setting for the item whose radio button is selected will be effective.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n



[Color Mode] This setting enables you to set the colour mode you want to specify when printing.• If [Auto-Color Select] is selected, the machine automatically detects whether the page is reproduced using black (K) only or all four colours: cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black (K).• If [Black] is selected, data is printed in black (K) only, even if the original is in colour.


[Paper Size] This setting specifies the output paper size.• If [Auto] is selected, the most appropriate paper source is selected according to the PDF file page size.• If a setting other than [Auto] is selected, the file is printed so that the orientation of the long edge of the PDF file page size and the long edge of the selected paper matches.If the PDF file page size exceeds the largest or smallest size of the user defined paper, jobs are cancelled. (They are not included in the Prints count.)

[Paper Type] This setting specifies the output paper type.

[Image Orientation] This setting specifies whether to print an image vertically or horizontally.• If [Auto] is selected, orientation is automatically adjusted by comparing length and width of the image (TIFF/JPEG data). If the width is greater, the image is printed horizontally. If the length is greater, the image is printed vertically.• If [Vertical] is selected, the image is printed vertically regardless of its dimensions.• If [Horizontal] is selected, the image is printed horizontally regardless of its dimensions.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

[Print Position] This setting specifies the print position for the image.• If [Auto] is selected, the image is printed in the specified position of the paper if the print position for the TIFF data is specified. If the print position is not specified, the image is printed in the centre of the paper.• If [Center] is selected, the image is printed in the centre of the paper regardless of whether the print position of the TIFF data is specified.• If [Top Left] is selected, the image is printed in the top left of the paper regardless of whether the print position of the TIFF data is specified.

[Zoom] This setting enlarges or reduces the size of an image to match the printable area of the paper size specified.If [Auto] is selected, the size of the image is automatically enlarged or reduced to match the printable area of the specified paper size. If the size of the image is larger than the printable area, it is automatically reduced. If the size of the image is smaller than the printable area, it is automatically enlarged.

[Enlarge Print Area]This setting specifies whether to enlarge the printable area to the edge of the paper.



[Show Warnings] This setting specifies the action to be taken if an error associated with printing an image occurs on the machine.• If [On] is selected, an error message is displayed.• If [Off] is selected, an error message is not displayed.

[Halftones] This setting specifies how you print halftones.Halftoning is used to print each process colour at a different intensity, allowing millions of different colours to be reproduced using only the four process colours.Depending on the required intensity of a given colour, toner is placed on paper in dots of different sizes. The grid of dots used for each toner colour is called a screen. Halftone screens are aligned to unique angles designed to eliminate interference patterns called moiré (a shimmering, wavy effect) that can arise with halftoning.• If [Resolution] is selected, you can print text with distinct outlines, which is best to print text and thin lines.• If [Gradation] is selected, you can print with both smooth gradation and outlines, which is best to print graphs and graphics that use gradation.• If [Error Diffusion] is selected, an error diffusion method that gives priority to printing fine lines or text is used. This is best for printing images with small text or very fine lines.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

[RGB Source Profile]

This setting allows you to specify the RGB profile (colour data represented using the RGB (Red Green Blue) colour model) that is appropriate for the characteristics of your monitor. This setting is applied when printing a document containing colour images or graphics made by the RGB colour model.[sRGB]This setting specifies the industry standard definition for generic Windows (PC) monitors. If you are using an sRGB compatible monitor, you can print out colours close to how they appear on your monitor.[Gamma 1.5, Gamma 1.8, and Gamma 2.4]These settings enable you to select the gamma correct level of the RGB data. The higher the value, the darker the printout.[None]When this setting is selected, device dependent RGB data is converted into CMYK without applying the RGB profile.[Download Profile]This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.

[CMYK Simulation Profile]

This setting allows you to specify the simulation target to print the CMYK (Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK) data. The machine converts CMYK data into a device dependent CMYK colour model based on the simulation target selected in the CMYK Simulation Profile.[JapanColor(Canon)]This setting uses the JapanColor profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in Japan.[US Web Coated(Canon)]This setting uses the U.S. Web Coated profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in the USA.[Euro Standard]This setting uses the Euro Standard profile. This is for obtaining a printout closely matching the printing standard in Europe.[None]When this setting is selected, device dependent CMYK data is printed as is without applying the CMYK profile.[Download Profile]This setting uses custom simulation target that you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.

[Use Grayscale Profile]

You can convert device dependent gray data into CMYK data by using the Grayscale Profile of the machine. However, the data may be reproduced using only the black (K) toner, depending upon the Pure Black Text or Output Profile.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

[Output Profile] This setting allows you to define the profile that is appropriate for the data you are going to print. It is applied to all data in the print job, so make sure the selected profile is right for your job.[Normal]This setting prints the colours closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor.[Photo]This setting prints colours close to photographic prints.[TR Normal]This setting prints the colours closely matching the ones displayed on your monitor, and also reduces toner bleeding of text and fine lines.[TR Photo]This setting prints colours close to photographic prints, and also reduces toner bleeding of text and fine lines.[Download Profile]This setting specifies the profiles you have downloaded from the host computer to this machine using NetSpot Resource Downloader. You can store up to 100 profiles.

[Matching Method] This setting allows you to specify a method of printing when the RGB Source Profile is applied. This machine includes a colour management system that provides the following colour rendering styles.[Perceptual]This setting produces the best results for photographic or bitmapped images.[Saturation]This setting is best suited for printing illustrations and diagrams used in business presentations.[Colorimetric]This setting provides a close match to the RGB colour value of the machines printing range.

[RGB Pure Black Process]

This setting enables you to specify how black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B should be processed when device dependent RGB data is converted into device dependent CMYK data using the 'RGB Source Profile' of the machine.• If [On] is selected, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B is printed using the black (K) toner only, regardless of the selected 'Output Profile' setting.• If [Off] is selected, black and gray data with the equivalent ratio of R to G to B is printed using CMYK toners based on the selected 'Output Profile' setting.

[CMYK Pure Black Process]

This setting enables you to specify how monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) should be printed when device dependent CMYK data is processed using the 'CMYK Simulation Profile' of the machine.• If [On] is selected, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) is printed using the black (K) toner only, regardless of the selected 'Output Profile' setting.• If [Off] is selected, monochrome data (C=M=Y=0) is printed using CMYK toners based on the selected 'Output Profile' setting.


5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n





5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n




Printing Directly Using the Command Prompt

5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

You can print directly by entering the LPR command in the command prompt.

You can also set the direct printing settings from the touch panel display when you send data to this machine for direct printing via the LPR command prompt or the Remote UI.

• Specifies from the command promptYou can specify LPR command settings with the P option, where each item is separated with an underscore ( _ ). The following commands are supported with this machine.

Command example (with Paper Size as "A4," Layout as "DUPL," and Copies as "20"):

Input Example : lpr -S <IP Address> -P A4_DUPL_C20 <file name>

NOTE

If settings have not been specified from the command prompt, settings in the touch panel display will be enabled.

Item Command

Paper Size A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, LETTER, LEGAL, LEDGER (11" x 17")

Layout SIMP (One-sided), DUPL (Two-sided/Long Edge), DUPS (Two-sided/Short Edge)

Copies C<Number of copies>.

Printing Directly Using the Command Prompt 5-39

5

How

to U

se th

e D

irect

Prin

t Fun

ctio

n

Printing Directly Using the Command Prompt5-40

CHAPTER

6
Troubleshooting This chapter explains how to solve printing problems and the remedial steps to take if printing fails.
Responding to Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Resetting the Machine after a Service Call Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2

When a Message Is Displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Printer Trouble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14Print Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16

If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

6-1

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Responding to Error Messages

When the Error indicator is orange, printing is not possible. If this happens during printing, the print operation stops. Read the displayed error message to determine the appropriate actions necessary to correct the problem.

This section describes how to handle error messages that appear on the touch panel display. The two types of error messages are:

• Service Call Messages• Error Messages

NOTE

Other messages that may appear indicate the current condition of the machine.

Resetting the Machine after a Service Call MessageIf a Service Call message occurs (Exxx-xxxx, where x represents a number), use the following procedure to clear the message.


2 Press [Printer Settings].When a Service Call error occurs, the normal Printer Settings screen does not appear and only the Reset Printer screen appears.

3 Press [Yes].

IMPORTANT

If the Service Call error message still appears after you have performed this procedure, make a note of the number of the message and contact your local authorised Canon dealer with the number of the message and the conditions when the error occurred.

Responding to Error Messages6-2

When a Message Is Displayed

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

If the machine is unable to print for some reason, the Error indicator lights up and a message indicating the cause of the problem is displayed on the touch panel display. When these messages are displayed, take the appropriate action to solve the problem.

NOTE

• If a message indicating another problem occurs at the same time as the first error message, a warning message will not be displayed.

• If the message is shown with the "Error Skip" mark, you can bypass the error and continue printing by pressing [Error skip]. However, if you do this, print data may be lost or the data may not be printed correctly. If you want to cancel the procedure, cancel the print job to remove the cause of the problem, and print the data again.

• For instructions on performing an error skip from the touch panel display, see "Skipping an Error during Printing," on p. 2-23.

• For instructions on cancelling a print job from the touch panel display, see "Cancelling Print Jobs," on p. 2-13.

E730-1001 PDL Initialize Error Service Call

Cause An error occurred during the initialisation of the printer function.

Remedy Perform a printer reset to try to initialise the function again. (See "Reset Printer," on p. 3-97.) If this error persists, contact your local authorised Canon dealer.

E730-100A PDL Service Call Service Call

Cause An internal error has occurred.


E730-100B PDL Font Error Service Call

Cause A master font error has occurred.


When a Message Is Displayed 6-3

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

PDL Font Memory Full Error Skip

Cause The machine's memory space allocated for fonts is full and printing cannot proceed.

Remedy Change the font setting in the printer driver and try printing again. Alternatively reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of fonts that need to be downloaded to the machine.

PDL HD Error Error Skip

Cause The machine has reported a hard disk error.

Remedy Perform a reset and try printing again. (See "Reset Printer," on p. 3-97.) If the problem persists, contact your local authorised Canon dealer.

PDL Image Memory Full Error Skip

Cause The machine's memory space allocated for images is full and printing cannot proceed.

Remedy Change the image setting in the printer driver and try printing again. Alternatively reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of images that need to be downloaded to the machine.

PDL IMG Initial. Err

Cause The amount of memory required for printing TIFF or JPEG images could not be obtained at the beginning of the printing process.

Remedy After cancelling the print job, reset the printer to increase the amount of available memory and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.) (See "Reset Printer," on p. 3-97.)

PDL IMG Invalid Data Error Skip

Cause There is data in the TIFF or JPEG images that cannot be processed by the machine.

Remedy Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed correctly.

PDL IMG Process. Error

Cause An error occurred while processing TIFF or JPEG images.

Remedy After cancelling the print job, reset the printer and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.) (See "Reset Printer," on p. 3-97.)

When a Message Is Displayed6-4

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

PDL IMG Work Memory Full Error Skip

Cause There is not enough memory necessary to process TIFF or JPEG images.

Remedy 1 After cancelling the print job, reset the printer to increase the amount of available memory and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.) (See "Reset Printer," on p. 3-97.)

Remedy 2 Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed correctly.

PDL L. PAPER+1200dpi Err

Cause There is not enough memory necessary to process the print job because 'Resolution' is set to [1200 dpi] and you are printing on large scale paper.

Remedy Set 'Resolution' in the printer driver to [600 dpi] and try printing again.

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Resolution," on p. 3-17.)

PDL L. Paper+Color Error

Cause An error occurred printing colour data when large scale paper was specified.

Remedy 1 Change the output paper size and perform printing again.

Remedy 2 Set Color Mode in the printer driver to 'Black and White' and perform printing again.

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Color Mode," on p. 3-41.)

PDL Macro Memory Full Error Skip

Cause The machine's memory space allocated for macros is full and printing cannot proceed.

Remedy Change the macro setting in the printer driver and try printing again. Alternatively reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of macros that need to be downloaded to the machine.

PDL Memory Full Error Skip

Cause The machine's memory is full and printing cannot proceed.

Remedy Change the mode setting in the printer driver and try printing again, or reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of fonts, macros, images, or patterns that need to be downloaded to the machine.


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

PDL Pattern Memory Full Error Skip

Cause The machine's memory space allocated for patterns is full and printing cannot proceed.

Remedy Change the pattern setting in the printer driver and try printing again. Alternatively reduce the complexity of the print job by reducing the number of patterns that need to be downloaded to the machine.

PDL PDF Access Error

Cause An error occurred when PDF data was being loaded.

Remedy Contact your local authorised Canon dealer.

PDL PDF Analy. Acc. Err



PDL PDF Color Analy. Err

Cause A colour space definition that cannot be rendered by the machine was sent.


PDL PDF Comp. Analy. Err Error Skip

Cause There was compressed data in the PDF page that cannot be processed by the machine.

Remedy 1 Try printing again with PDF data that is compatible with the machine.


NOTE

If 'Auto Continue' is set to [On], this error is skipped automatically. (See "Auto Continue," on p. 3-25.)


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

PDL PDF Data Decode Err

Cause 1 The password you entered in the PDF file is incorrect.

Remedy Enter the correct password and print the data again.

Cause 2 The Security settings in the PDF file do not allow printing.

Remedy Change the setting to allow printing.

NOTE

If you enter an incorrect password for a PDF data with restrictions on low resolution printing, this error will not be displayed. Instead, the printed PDF will be of low quality.

PDL PDF Data Error Error Skip

Cause Damaged PDF data or PDF data that cannot be processed by the machine was sent.

Remedy 1 Try printing again with PDF data that is compatible with the machine.


NOTE


PDL PDF Data Process Err

Cause PDF data that cannot be processed by the machine was sent.


PDL PDF Data Scan Error



PDL PDF Error

Cause PDF data that cannot be processed by the machine was sent.



6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

PDL PDF Font Error

Cause There is font in the PDF data that cannot be processed.


PDL PDF HDD Access Error

Cause An error occurred while the PDF data was being loaded from the hard disk.

Remedy Turn off the machine's power, and turn it on again. Reset the printer and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.)If this error persists, contact your local authorised Canon dealer.

PDL PDF Initialize Error

Cause An error occurred while the PDF processor was initialising.

Remedy Turn off the machine's power, and turn it on again. Reset the printer and print again. (Note that print data in memory such as secured print jobs and any jobs being processed will be deleted.)If this error persists, contact your local authorised Canon dealer.

PDL PDF Memory Full

Cause The machine's memory space allocated for PDF1.5 is full and printing cannot proceed.

Remedy 1 After cancelling the print job, optimise the PDF in Adobe Acrobat and reduce the size of the files you are going to print at one time, such as by resetting the resolution to an appropriate level, and try printing again. (See the Adobe Acrobat Help.)

Remedy 2 After cancelling the print job, reduce the number of pages to print at one time by dividing the PDF data you are going to print in Adobe Acrobat into several files, before trying to print again. (See the Adobe Acrobat Help.)

Remedy 3 After cancelling the print job, open the data in the application software and print again via the printer driver.

PDL PDF Output Sel. Err

Cause An error occurred in the PDF data output mode.



6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

PDL PDF Page Comp. Error

Cause There was compressed data in the PDF page that cannot be processed by the machine.

Remedy 1 After cancelling the print job, try printing again with PDF data that is compatible with the machine.

Remedy 2 Contact your local authorised Canon dealer.

PDL PDF Print Range Err

Cause The range of the specified print pages is incorrect.

Remedy After cancelling the print job, check the number of pages in the PDF data, then specify the correct printing range and try printing again.

NOTE

This error will not be displayed if there are printable pages within the printing range you specified. For example, if a PDF data has five pages in it, and you specify a printing range from page 2 to 10, then page 2 to 5 will be printed without an error being displayed.

PDL PDF Profile Error

Cause An error occurred while the ICC profile was being processed.


PDL PDF Rendering Error

Cause An error occurred while PDF data was being rendered.


PDL PDF Temp. File Error

Cause An error occurred while a PDF temporary file was being processed.



6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

PDL PDF Transparency Error Error Skip

Cause There are transparent objects in the PDF data that the machine cannot process.

Remedy 1 After cancelling the print job, optimise the PDF or flatten the transparent object and convert it into a format that the machine can process and print again. (See the Adobe Acrobat Help.)


NOTE


PDL UFR II DL Mem. Full Error Skip

Cause There is not enough memory to register the character set.

Remedy 1 Set the Graphics Mode in the UFR II printer driver to 'Raster Mode' and print the data again. (See the Help function on the UFR II printer driver.)



NOTE


PDL UFR II Invalid Data

Cause An error occurred while processing data in UFR II Raster Mode.

Remedy After cancelling the print job, try printing again with a printer driver version that is compatible with the machine.


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

PDL UFR II Layout Error Error Skip

Cause The page layout cannot be processed due to lack of memory.




NOTE


PDL UFR II Version Err Error Skip

Cause The machine received data from an incompatible UFR II version.

Remedy 1 Install a UFR II printer driver that can be used with your machine and then print the data again.


PDL UFR II Work Mem Full Error Skip

Cause The work memory for the UFR II mode is full.




NOTE


PDL Warning

Cause An internal error has occurred for the printer function.

Remedy Perform a printer reset to try to initialise the function again. If this error persists, contact your local authorised Canon dealer.


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Syntax Error Error Skip

Cause Data that cannot be processed by the machine was sent while printing in UFR II mode.

Remedy Perform [Error Skip] and continue printing. However, the data will not be printed correctly.


Printing Problems

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

If you have trouble printing, we recommend resolving the problems with the following remedies.

NOTE

Please contact your local authorised Canon dealer if a problem persists, or if you encounter problems not listed below.

Printer Trouble

The printer does not work.

Cause 1 There is data remaining in the printer's memory. (The Processing/Data indicator is blinking or lit.)

Remedy Print out the data. (See Chapter 2, "Handling Different Print Jobs.")

Cause 2 There is a problem with the printer or the software.

Remedy Look at the message on the display and act accordingly. (See "When a Message Is Displayed," on p. 6-3.)

Printing stops before the job is complete.

Cause There is data remaining in the printer's memory. (The Processing/Data indicator is blinking or lit.)

Remedy Print out the data. (See Chapter 2, "Handling Different Print Jobs.")

You cannot print a job or store a job.

Cause The total number of pages in all jobs (maximum capacity is 6,000 pages) or size of the data in the hard disk has exceeded the limit which can be processed.

Remedy 1 Delete other processes, documents, or forms stored in the box, cancel other jobs being processed, or wait until those jobs are finished, then print again.

Remedy 2 Divide the job, then print again.

Printing Problems 6-13

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

You cannot store a secured print job.

Cause The number of secured jobs stored in the machine has exceeded the maximum capacity of 50 jobs, or the total number of pages that are stored or are in jobs has exceeded the limit (6,000 pages).

Remedy Delete other secured jobs, or wait until those jobs have finished printing, then print again.

Printing Problems

Meaningless characters are being printed.

Cause 1 You have printed from Windows without installing the printer driver for Windows that was included with the machine.

Remedy Install the printer driver for Windows that was included with the machine and print the data again. (See the Windows Printer Driver Guide.)

Cause 2 MS-DOS application software printer settings are incompatible.

Remedy Reset the MS-DOS application software printer settings on a printer that is compatible with the machine. (See the application software manual.)

A font that is different from the one specified is printed.

Cause The 'Send According to Font Substitution Table' setting has been set on the printer driver for Windows.

Remedy Set the 'Send According to Font Substitution Table' setting to the correct setting and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

The machine does not output a blank page.

Cause 'Paper Save' in UFR II or PCL settings is set to [On].

Remedy Set 'Paper Save' in UFR II or PCL settings to [Off]. (See "Paper Save," on p. 3-50, p. 3-51.)

You cannot print the last page.

Cause The command that identifies the end of the data has not been sent from the PC. (The Processing/Data indicator is blinking or lit.)

Remedy Clear the print data. (If you print from application software that does not have a print function and the last page of data is not a full page, the data will remain in the machine's memory.) (See Chapter 2, "Handling Different Print Jobs.")

Printing Problems6-14

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

A print job that you have specified as two-sided printing is printed on one side of the paper.

Cause 1 The paper size you have specified is not supported by two-sided printing.

Remedy Change the print job settings and print the data again.

Cause 2 The settings for the front and back sides of the paper are different.

Remedy Change the print job settings and print the data again.

The data does not fit on the page properly.

Cause 1 The paper is not in the correct position.

Remedy Make sure the machine is set correctly and try printing again. (See Chapter 7, "Routine Maintenance," in the Reference Guide.)

Cause 2 The data is outside the printable area.

Remedy 1 Insert margins around the data and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver or the application software manual.)

Remedy 2 Change the 'Scaling' settings on the printer driver and print the data again. (See the driver help.)

The printing location has slipped.

Cause 1 Margin, Offset Short Edge, or Offset Long Edge in the printer settings menu have been changed.

Remedy Set Margin, Offset Short Edge, and Offset Long Edge to '0.0' and print the data again. (See "Margin," on p. 3-21, "Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Front)," on p. 3-23, and "Offset Short Edge/Offset Long Edge (Back)," on p. 3-24.)

Cause 2 The application software's top margin and paper location settings are not correct.

Remedy Set the correct settings for the top margin and the paper location and print the data again. (See the application software manual.)

Data that should be printed on the same page is printed on two separate pages.

Cause The application software's "Line spacing" and "Number of lines on a page" settings are not correct.

Remedy Change the settings so that the data fits on one page and print the data again. (See the application software manual.)


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Print Quality Problems

The printout is too light or too dark.

Cause 1 The toner density settings are not correct.

Remedy Adjust the toner density and print the data again. (See "Density," on p. 3-16.)

Cause 2 'Toner Save' is set to [On].

Remedy Set 'Toner Save' to [Off] in the printer driver and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Toner Save," on p. 3-17.)

Cause 3 The machine's density settings are not adjusted correctly.

Remedy Perform an Automatic Gradation Adjustment. (See Chapter 4, "Customizing Settings," in the Reference Guide.)

Toner does not fix properly.

Cause Toner may not fix well on some types of paper.

Remedy 1 Enable 'Gray Compensation' in the printer driver and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Gray Compensation," on p. 3-48, p. 3-61, p. 3-91.)

Remedy 2 Enable 'Use 100% GCR Profile' in the Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)

Remedy 3 Enable 'RGB Pure Black Process' or 'CMYK Pure Black Process' in the Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "RGB Pure Black Process," on p. 3-69, and "CMYK Pure Black Process," on p. 3-69.)


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

The colour does not match the other imagePRESS C1+ that you are using at the same time.

Cause 1 There is a slight unevenness in the Y (Yellow), M (Magenta), C (Cyan), or K (blacK) toner density.

Remedy Slightly adjust the toner density of the Y (Yellow), M (Magenta), C (Cyan), or K (blacK) toners. (See "Toner Save," on p. 3-17.)



The specified colour of thin lines or filled-in patterns do not print or disappear.

Cause 1 The combination of the colour or pattern cannot be reproduced correctly.

Remedy 1 Adjust the colour in the software application you are using and print the data again.

Remedy 2 Change the pattern in the software application you are using and print the data again.

Remedy 3 If 'Resolution' in the printer driver is set to [1200 dpi], press [Dark] to adjust the density with 'Density Fine Adjustment', and print the data again.

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Density Fine Adjustment," on p. 3-17.)

Remedy 4 Set 'Resolution' in the printer driver to [600 dpi] and print the data again.

NOTE


Cause 2 The colour looks different due to the halftone pattern.

Remedy 1 Change the density of the colour and print the data again.

Remedy 2 Change the direction of the paper and print the data again.

Remedy 3 Set 'Halftones' in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion] and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Halftones," on p. 3-44, p. 3-57, p. 3-73, p. 3-78, p. 3-93.)


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

The halftone pattern does not print in the correct (specified) colour.

Cause The machine's dither pattern is interfering with the halftone pattern in the print data.

Remedy 1 Remove the halftone pattern in the software application you are using and print the data again.

Remedy 2 Set 'Halftones' in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion] and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE


The colour of the photograph-like printout is different to the colour on the display.

Cause Due to the difference of the colour adjustment method between the display (RGB) and the machine (CMYK), the display colours cannot be faithfully printed.

Remedy 1 Set 'Matching Method' in the printer driver to [Perceptual[Monitor Color Matched]] and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Matching Method," on p. 3-88.)

Remedy 2 Set 'RGB Source Profile' to [Gamma 1.5], [Gamma 1.8], or [Gamma 2.4] and print the data again. (See "RGB Source Profile," on p. 3-45, p. 3-58, p. 3-65, p. 3-79, p. 3-85.)


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

A diagram containing gradation is printed with a streak in the gradation area.

Cause 1 Gray Compensation is affecting the gray part of the streak on the diagram.

Remedy 1 Disable 'Gray Compensation' in the printer driver and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE




NOTE





6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Characters are blurred.

Cause 1 Thick font is used for characters.

Remedy Use thinner font and print the data again.

Cause 2 Black characters are printed using C (Cyan), M (Magenta), Y (Yellow), and K (blacK) toners.

Remedy 1 Enable 'Pure Black Text' in the Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Pure Black Text," on p. 3-70.)



NOTE


Remedy 4 Enable 'Gray Compensation' in the printer driver and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE



6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Thin lines and fine characters bleed.

Cause The specified thin lines and fine characters cannot be processed properly.

Remedy 1 Adjust the colour in the software application you are using and print the data again.

Remedy 2 Use thicker lines or fonts and print the data again.

Remedy 3 Set 'Halftones' in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion] or [Resolution] and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE


Remedy 4 If you are using Illustrator 8.0 or higher, set Bitmap Print to [Off] (uncheck the check box) and print the data again. (Windows only)


NOTE

To perform the same setting from the touch panel display, set 'Output Profile' to [TR Normal] or [TR Photo]. (See "Output Profile," on p. 3-67.)


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

The frame of the image that you inserted, which is not visible on your monitor, is printed in a colour different to that of the colour surrounding the frame.

Cause Depending on the application software and OS that you are using, the method in which halftones and colours are processed may be different.


NOTE


Remedy 2 Disable 'Gray Compensation' in the printer driver and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

Remedy 3 Set 'Halftones' in the printer driver to [Error Diffusion], [Resolution], or [Gradation], and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE


Remedy 4 Set 'Matching Method' in the PCL printer driver or the UFR II printer driver to [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]], [Saturation], or [Colorimetric], and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)


NOTE


Remedy 6 Set Toner Volume Adjustment in the printer driver to 'Gradation' or 'Text', and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Toner Volume Adjustment," on p. 3-19.)

Remedy 7 Set Line Control in the printer driver to 'Gradation', and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Line Control," on p. 3-19.)


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Gradation in the black or gray parts of the image does not appear smooth (the colour changes stand out).

Cause RGB Pure Black Process is affecting the black or gray part of the gradation.

Remedy Disable 'RGB Pure Black Process' in the Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver and print the data again. (See the Help function on the printer driver.)

IMPORTANT

If you change the above settings, gray or black data is printed using CMYK toners. Therefore, the data may be printed in colour, even if all pages are monochrome.

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "RGB Pure Black Process," on p. 3-69.)

The gray data appears grainy.

Cause The RGB Pure Black Process setting, in combination with the Use 100% GCR Profile setting in the printer driver or Output Profile setting on the control panel, is affecting the gray part of the data.

Remedy Disable 'RGB Pure Black Process' and 'Use 100% GCR Profile' in the Windows PS printer driver or Mac PS printer driver, and print the data again. (See the Help function on the PS printer driver.)

IMPORTANT

If you change the above settings, gray or black data is printed using CMYK toners. Therefore, the data may be printed in colour, even if all pages are monochrome.

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from 'RGB Pure Black Process' or 'Output Profile' in the touch panel display. To perform the 'Output Profile' setting, set to [Normal]. (See "RGB Pure Black Process," on p. 3-69, and "Output Profile," on p. 3-67.)


6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Fine lines and characters with a small point size are light.

Cause The specified thin lines and fine characters cannot be processed properly.


NOTE


Remedy 2 Set 'Resolution' in the printer driver to [600 dpi] and print the data again.

NOTE


Remedy 3 Press [Dark] to adjust image quality sharpness with 'Sharpness' in the printer driver and perform printing again.

NOTE

You can also perform the same procedure from the touch panel display. (See "Sharpness," on p. 3-19.)


If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

If trouble occurs when fonts or macros are downloaded from a personal computer to this machine and the problem cannot be resolved by reinstalling, follow the steps explained in this section to initialise the hard disk partition.

IMPORTANT

• Only the system administrator for the machine can initialise the hard disk. Contact the system administrator to execute this procedure.

• The fonts or macros information downloaded to the hard disk is deleted by initialising the hard disk.• Do not turn OFF the power when the hard disk is initialising. Doing so may damage the machine.

NOTE

• The hard disk cannot be initialised in the following conditions:- When print data is being received or printed (It is recommended that you remove the cable connecting

the machine to the hub, so it does not receive print data.)- When fonts are being installed or uninstalled

• The steps explained below are for initialising the PCL Hard Disk partition.• To initialise the PS Hard Disk partition, follow the same steps, except that for step 5, select [Initialize PS

Hard Disk].

1 Set System Management Mode.

NOTE

Before setting System Management Mode, a system manager ID and system password must be set. For details on settings, see Chapter 6, "System Manager Settings," in the Reference Guide.


3 Press [Printer Settings].If necessary, see the screen shots in step 2 of "Accessing the Printer Settings Menu," on p. 1-8.

If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer 6-25

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

4 Press [Utility].

5 Press [Initialize PCL Hard Disk].

A confirmation message appears.

NOTE

If you cannot press [Initialize PCL Hard Disk], the hard disk cannot be initialised. Check whether System Management Mode is set or if the machine is processing a job, and start with Step 1 again.

6 Press [Yes].

If you do not wish to initialise the hard disk, press [No].

If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer6-26

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

The following screen is displayed and the hard disk is initialised. During initialisation, the Processing/Data indicator blinks green.

When the initialisation of the hard disk is completed, the Processing/Data indicator goes out.

The duration of the hard disk initialisation process depends on the number of fonts and macros on the hard disk.

IMPORTANT

• Do not turn OFF the power until the Processing/Data indicator goes out. Doing so may damage the machine.

• If the following screen is displayed after pressing [Yes], the hard disk has not been initialised. Check whether print data is received and retry.

If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer 6-27

6

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

If Trouble Occurs When Downloading Fonts or Macros from a Personal Computer6-28

CHAPTER

7
Appendix This chapter shows print samples for different fonts, describes font information, including sources and font lists, and lists a summary of the specifications for the machine.
Some Basic Facts about Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2What Is a Font? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2Attributes of Fonts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2Fonts and Scalable Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6

Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13Typeface Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28

Configuration Page Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52

RGB/CMYK Test Page Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54

Color Chart Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58Software Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-58

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59

7-1

7

App

endi

x

Some Basic Facts about Fonts

This section summarises some of the basic facts you should know about fonts.

What Is a Font?A font is a collection of letters and symbols used when printing a document. In general, a group of letters and symbols sharing a common design is referred to as a font. A font consists of the letters A to Z in both upper and lowercase, digits, and symbols.

The design that distinguishes one font from another is referred to as a "typeface." Each font has a typeface name, such as Courier, CG Times, Letter Gothic, etc.

Attributes of FontsAll fonts share some common characteristics, which are called "attributes." The typeface is one such attribute. The letters and symbols that are actually printed are determined by the values of a collection of these attributes.

Typeface The design of the letters (e.g., Courier, CG Times, Helvetica, or Gothic).

Stroke Weight The thickness of the lines with which the letters are drawn (e.g., bold, medium, or light).

Style Whether the letters are drawn straight or at an angle (e.g., upright or italic).

Point Size Height of the letters (e.g., 10 point or 5 point).

Pitch (cpi) Number of characters that are printed in one inch (e.g., 10 cpi, 12 cpi, or Scale).

Character Width (Fixed/PS) Indicates whether the character width is set to "Fixed" or "Proportional."

Orientation Orientation of the characters on a page ("Portrait" or "Landscape").

Symbol Set The rule that defines the correspondence between the character codes coming from the host computer, and the letter forms that appear on the page (e.g., Roman-8).

Some Basic Facts about Fonts7-2

7

App

endi

x

TypefaceTypeface refers to the design of the characters and symbols. The following figure shows an example of some typefaces.

Stroke WeightStroke weight refers to the thickness of the print. There are light, medium, and bold stroke weights. The printer function has medium and bold fonts available. The figure below shows an example of medium and bold printing.

StyleStyle refers to the shape of the characters. The printer function can print in two styles: upright and italic.

With some fonts, like CourierPS and Letter Gothic, the terms "Oblique" and "Slanted" are used in the same manner as italics.

Some Basic Facts about Fonts 7-3

7

App

endi

x

Point SizePoint size refers to the height of the character. Character size is measured in points. One inch is divided into 72 points and 1 point is 1/72 of an inch (about 0.35 mm). The printer function has bitmapped fonts and scalable fonts available. The bitmapped fonts are fixed in size, but the scalable fonts are not fixed in size. Scalable fonts are freely scalable to any size you wish in 0.1 point increments. The following figure shows an example of various point sizes.

NOTE

See "Fonts and Scalable Fonts," on p. 7-6, for more information on bitmapped fonts and scalable fonts.

Pitch (cpi)Pitch refers to the number of characters that are printed in one inch. The unit is cpi (characters per inch). As the number of characters per inch increases, the space between characters decreases; as the cpi decreases, the space between characters increases.

15 cpi

12 cpi

10 cpi


7

App

endi

x

Character Width (Fixed and PS)Each character has a different width from all the other characters in a font at a given point size. For example, "W" is a wider letter than "I." There are two ways to print letters of different widths: you can print all letters with the same spacing, regardless of their actual width; or you can change the spacing between letters to accommodate these different widths. Printing all letters with the same spacing is called "Fixed spacing," while changing the spacing to accommodate different letter widths is called "Proportional spacing."

Because the Fixed spacing method prints all letters with the same spacing, the number of characters which will fit into a given length is a fixed quantity which can be specified.

If the characters are printed with Proportional spacing, then the number of characters that will fit into an inch varies depending on the letters printed.

OrientationOrientation refers to the direction of printing. The printer function can print using two different paper orientations: portrait and landscape. With portrait orientation, text is printed across the width of the paper (short edge), and with landscape orientation, text is printed across the length of the paper (long edge).

Proportional spacing Fixed spacing

Portrait Landscape


7

App

endi

x

Symbol SetWhen you print the letter "A," the host computer sends a code corresponding to "A" (hexadecimal 41 is an example of this) to the machine. This code is referred to as the character code. The machine stores an internal representation of each character, and selects from among these character patterns the pattern corresponding to the received code. In this case, the machine searches for the pattern for "A," and prints it.

■ The process by which letters are printed

The machine uses a fixed rule to decide which letter or symbol corresponds to the character code sent from the host computer. For example, the letter "A" is printed for the hexadecimal code "41." The rule which determines the correspondence between character codes and printed letters is called the "symbol set."

Fonts and Scalable FontsThere are two types of fonts available, and these fonts are distinguished by the type of data from which they are formed.

• Bitmapped fonts• Scalable fonts

Computer Machine CharacterPatterns


7

App

endi

x

Bitmapped FontsEach character of bitmapped fonts are composed of a grid of small dots and stored in the machine's memory in dot matrix format.

Bitmapped fonts are fixed in size and specified by characteristics called "attributes," such as typeface, stroke weight, style and so on. Various types of bitmapped fonts are produced by the combination of these attributes.

Scalable FontsWith scalable fonts, characters are freely enlarged or compressed from the one point to any size you wish in 0.1 point increments.


7

App

endi

x

Standard Scalable Fonts (PCL)With scalable fonts, characters are freely enlarged or compressed from one point to any size you wish in 0.1 point increments. (The maximum range of scaling depends on the size of the memory installed in the machine and the size of the paper used.)

The following scalable typefaces are included with the machine.

Albertus Extra BoldAlbertus MediumAntique OliveAntique Olive BoldAntique Olive ItalicArialArial BoldArial Bold ItalicArial ItalicCG OmegaCG Omega BoldCG Omega Bold ItalicCG Omega ItalicCG TimesCG Times BoldCG Times Bold ItalicCG Times ItalicClarendon CondensedCoronetCourierCourier BoldCourier Bold ItalicCourier ItalicCourierPSCourierPS BoldCourierPS ObliqueCourierPS Bold ObliqueGaramond AntiquaGaramond HalbfettGaramond KursivGaramond Kursiv HalbfettHelveticaHelvetica Bold

Helvetica Bold ObliqueHelvetica NarrowHelvetica Narrow BoldHelvetica Narrow Bold ObliqueHelvetica Narrow ObliqueHelvetica ObliqueITC Avant Garde Gothic BookITC Avant Garde Gothic Book ObliqueITC Avant Garde Gothic DemiITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi ObliqueITC Bookman DemiITC Bookman Demi ItalicITC Bookman LightITC Bookman Light ItalicITC Zapf Chancery Medium ItalicITC Zapf DingbatsLetter GothicLetter Gothic BoldLetter Gothic ItalicMarigoldNew Century Schoolbook BoldNew Century Schoolbook Bold Italic

New Century Schoolbook ItalicNew Century Schoolbook RomanPalatino BoldPalatino Bold ItalicPalatino ItalicPalatino RomanSymbolSymbolPSTimes BoldTimes Bold ItalicTimes ItalicTimes NewTimes New BoldTimes New Bold ItalicTimes New ItalicTimes RomanUnivers MediumUnivers BoldUnivers Bold CondensedUnivers Bold Condensed ItalicUnivers Bold ItalicUnivers Medium ItalicUnivers Medium CondensedUnivers Medium Condensed ItalicWingdings


7

App

endi

x

OCR Sets Fonts (PCL)OCR AOCR B

Symbol Sets (For Scalable Typefaces Only)The following symbol sets are included with the machine.

ASCII (ISO6)DeskTopDingbats (14L)ISO 8859-1 Latin1ISO 8859-10 Latin 6ISO 8859-2 Latin 2ISO 8859-9 Latin 5ISO French (ISO69)ISO German (ISO21)ISO Italian (ISO15)ISO Latin 9 *ISO Norwegian (ISO60)ISO Spanish (ISO17)ISO Swedish:names (ISO11)ISO United Kingdom (ISO4)Legal

Math-8MC Text *Microsoft PublishingOCR-AOCR-BPC-1004 (OS/2)PC-775PC-8PC-8 D/NPC-8 GreekPC-850PC-852PC-858 *PC-860 PortugalPC-865 NorwayPC-TurkishPi FontPS Math *

PS TextRoman-8Roman 9 *SymbolUnicodeVentura InternationalVentura MathVentura USWindows 3.0 Latin 1 *Windows Baltic *Windows 3.1 Latin 1 *Windows 3.1 Latin 2 *Windows 3.1 Latin 5 *Wingdings

* Supports the euro symbol.


7

App

endi

x

PS FontsAlbertusMTAlbertusMT ItalicAlbertusMT LightAntiqueOlive RomanAntiqueOliveCE RomanAntiqueOlive ItalicAntiqueOliveCE ItalicAntiqueOlive BoldAntiqueOliveCE BoldAntiqueOlive CompactAntiqueOliveCE CompactApple ChanceryApple ChanceryCEArialMTArialCEArial ItalicMTArialCE ItalicArial BoldMTArialCE BoldArial BoldItalicMTArialCE BoldItalicAvantGarde BookAvantGardeCE BookAvantGarde BookObliqueAvantGardeCE BookObliqueAvantGarde DemiAvantGardeCE DemiAvantGarde DemiObliqueAvantGardeCE DemiObliqueBodoniBodoniCEBodoni ItalicBodoniCE ItalicBodoni Bold

BodoniCE BoldBodoni BoldItalicBodoniCE BoldItalicBodoni PosterBodoniCE PosterBodoni PosterCompressedBodoniCE PosterCompressedBookman LightBookmanCE LightBookman LightItalicBookmanCE LightItalicBookman DemiBookmanCE DemiBookman DemiItalicBookmanCE DemiItalicCandidChicagoChicago CEClarendonClarendonCEClarendon LightClarendonCE LightClarendon BoldClarendonCE BoldCooperBlackCooperBlack ItalicCopperplate ThirtyTwoBCCopperplate ThirtyThreeBCCoronet RegularCoronetCE RegularCourierCourierCECourier ObliqueCourierCE ObliqueCourier BoldCourierCE Bold

Courier BoldObliqueCourierCE BoldObliqueEurostileEurostileCEEurostile BoldEurostileCE BoldEurostile ExtendedTwoEurostileCE ExtendedTwoEurostile BoldExtendedTwoEurostileCE BoldExtendedTwoGenevaGenevaCEGillSansGillSansCE RomanGillSans ItalicGillSansCE ItalicGillSans BoldGillSansCE BoldGillSans BoldItalicGillSansCE BoldItalicGillSans CondensedGillSansCE CondensedGillSans BoldCondensedGillSansCE BoldCondensedGillSans LightGillSansCE LightGillSans LightItalicGillSansCE LightItalicGillSans ExtraBoldGillSansCE ExtraBoldGoudyGoudy ItalicGoudy BoldGoudy BoldItalicGoudy ExtraBold


7

App

endi

x

HelveticaHelveticaCEHelvetica ObliqueHelveticaCE ObliqueHelvetica BoldHelveticaCE BoldHelvetica BoldObliqueHelveticaCE BoldObliqueHelvetica CondensedHelveticaCE CondHelvetica Condensed ObliqueHelveticaCE CondOblHelvetica Condensed BoldHelveticaCE CondBoldHelvetica Condensed BoldOblHelveticaCE CondBoldOblHelvetica NarrowHelveticaCE NarrowHelvetica Narrow BoldHelveticaCE NarrowBoldHelvetica Narrow BoldObliqueHelveticaCE NarrowBoldObliqueHelvetica Narrow ObliqueHelveticaCE NarrowObliqueHoeflerText RegularHoeflerTextCE RegularHoeflerText ItalicHoeflerTextCE ItalicHoeflerText Black

HoeflerTextCE BlackHoeflerText BlackItalicHoeflerTextCE BlackItalicHoeflerText OrnamentsJoannaMTJoannaMTCEJoannaMT ItalicJoannaMTCE ItalicJoannaMT BoldJoannaMTCE BoldJoannaMT BoldItalicJoannaMTCE BoldItalicLetterGothicLetterGothicCELetterGothic SlantedLetterGothicCE SlantedLetterGothic BoldLetterGothicCE BoldLetterGothic BoldSlantedLetterGothicCE BoldSlantedLubalinGraph BookLubalinGraphCE BookLubalinGraph BookObliqueLubalinGraphCE BookObliqueLubalinGraph DemiLubalinGraphCE DemiLubalinGraph DemiObliqueLubalinGraphCE DemiObliqueMarigoldMonacoMonacoCE

MonaLisa RecutNewCenturySchlbk RomanNewCenturySchlbkCE RomanNewCenturySchlbk ItalicNewCenturySchlbkCE ItalicNewCenturySchlbk BoldNewCenturySchlbkCE BoldNewCenturySchlbk BoldItalicNewCenturySchlbkCE BoldItalicNewYorkNewYorkCEOptimaOptimaCE RomanOptima ItalicOptimaCE ItalicOptima BoldOptimaCE BoldOptima BoldItalicOptimaCE BoldItalicOxfordPalatino RomanPalatinoCE RomanPalatino ItalicPalatinoCE ItalicPalatino BoldPalatinoCE BoldPalatino BoldItalicPalatinoCE BoldItalicStempelGaramond RomanStempelGaramondCE Roman


7

App

endi

x

StempelGaramond ItalicStempelGaramondCE ItalicStempelGaramond BoldStempelGaramondCE BoldStempelGaramond BoldItalicStempelGaramondCE BoldItalicSymbolTaffyTimes RomanTimesCE RomanTimes ItalicTimesCE ItalicTimes BoldTimesCE BoldTimes BoldItalicTimesCE BoldItalicTimesNewRomanPSMTTimesNewRomanCETimesNewRomanPS ItalicMT

TimesNewRomanCE ItalicTlmesNewRomanPS BoldMTTimesNewRomanCE BoldTimesNewRomanPS BoldItalicMTTimesNewRomanCE BoldItalicUniversUniversCE MediumUnivers ObliqueUniversCE ObliqueUnivers BoldUniversCE BoldUnivers BoldObliqueUniversCE BoldObliqueUnivers LightUniversCE LightUnivers LightObliqueUnivers CE LightObliqueUnivers CondensedUniversCE Condensed

Univers CondensedObliqueUniversCE CondensedObliqueUnivers CondensedBoldUniversCE CondensedBoldUnivers Condensed BoldObliqueUniversCE Condensed BoldObliqueUnivers ExtendedUniversCE ExtendedUnivers ExtendedOblUniversCE ExtendedOblUnivers BoldExtUniversCE BoldExtUnivers BoldExtOblUniversCE BoldExtOblWingdings RegularZapfChancery MediumItalicZapfChanceryCE MediumItalicZapfDingbats


Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts

7

App

endi

x

Font lists are a comprehensive listing of all fonts currently available. The listing contains both the names of resident fonts, and the names of the fonts stored on any external hard disk that may be present.

PCL FONT LISTS

PS FONT LISTS

a b de

fc

a f

Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts 7-13

7

App

endi

x

The Font List includes the following information:

* If the font supports more than one symbol set, a command parameter (indicated with xY or xM) will not be shown.

a Font/Symbol Set* The typeface name and the symbol set.

b Spacing This indicates whether a font is a fixed-size, non-proportional font (0) or a proportional font (1).

c Style Upright (straight) characters or italic (slanted) characters.

d Stroke Weight The stroke weight of the characters in the font.

e Pitch/Point SizeThe pitch and point size. For a scalable font, Scale is displayed. The vertical distance in points from the top of capital letters to the tail of the letter "y."

f Print Sample A print sample of the font.

Checking the Font Lists for Available Fonts7-14

7

App

endi

x

Typeface Samples

Standard Scalable Fonts (PCL)

Courier

CG Times

CG Times Bold

CG Times Italic

CG Times Bold Italic

CG Omega

CG Omega Bold

CG Omega Italic

CG Omega Bold Italic

Coronet

Clarendon Condensed

Univers Medium

Univers Bold

Univers Medium Italic

Univers Bold Italic

Univers Medium Condensed

Univers Bold Condensed

Univers Medium Condensed Italic

Univers Bold Condensed Italic

Antique Olive

Antique Olive Bold

Antique Olive Italic

Garamond Antiqua

Garamond Halbfett

Garamond Kursiv

Garamond Kursiv Halbfett


7

App

endi

x

Marigold

Albertus Medium

Albertus Extra Bold

Arial

Arial Bold

Arial Italic

Arial Bold Italic

Times New

Times New Bold

Times New Italic

Times New Bold Italic

Helvetica

Helvetica Bold

Helvetica Oblique

Helvetica Bold Oblique

Helvetica Narrow

Helvetica Narrow Bold

Helvetica Narrow Oblique

Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique

Palatino Roman

Palatino Bold

Palatino Italic

Palatino Bold Italic

ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book

ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi

ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book Oblique


7

App

endi

x

ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi Oblique

ITC Bookman Light

ITC Bookman Demi

ITC Bookman Light Italic

ITC Bookman Demi Italic

New Century Schoolbook Roman

New Century Schoolbook Bold

New Century Schoolbook Italic

New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic

Times Roman

Times Bold

Times Italic

Times Bold Italic

ITC Zapf Chancery Medium Italic

Symbol

SymbolPS

Wingdings

ITC Zapf Dingbats

Courier Bold

Courier Italic

Courier Bold Italic

Letter Gothic

Letter Gothic Bold

Letter Gothic Italic

CourierPS

CourierPS Bold

CourierPS Oblique

CourierPS Bold Oblique


7

App

endi

x

Bitmapped Fonts (PCL)

OCR Code Scalable Fonts (PCL)

Line Printer

Line Printer

Line Printer

Line Printer

Line Printer

Line Printer

Line Printer

Line Printer

Line Printer

Line Printer

OCR A

OCR B


7

App

endi

x

PS Fonts

AlbertusMT

AlbertusMT Italic

AlbertusMT Light

AntiqueOlive Roman

AntiqueOliveCE Roman

AntiqueOlive Italic

AntiqueOliveCE Italic

AntiqueOlive Bold

AntiqueOliveCE Bold

AntiqueOlive Compact

AntiqueOliveCE Compact

Apple Chancery

Apple ChanceryCE

ArialMT

ArialCE

Arial ItalicMT

ArialCE Italic

Arial BoldMT

ArialCE Bold

Arial BoldItalicMT

ArialCE BoldItalic

AvantGarde Book

AvantGardeCE Book

AvantGarde BookOblique

AvantGardeCE BookOblique

AvantGarde Demi

AvantGardeCE Demi

AvantGarde DemiOblique


7

App

endi

x

AvantGardeCE DemiOblique

Bodoni

BodoniCE

Bodoni Italic

BodoniCE Italic

Bodoni Bold

BodoniCE Bold

Bodoni BoldItalic

BodoniCE BoldItalic

Bodoni Poster

BodoniCE Poster

Bodoni PosterCompressed

BodoniCE PosterCompressed

Bookman Light

BookmanCE Light

Bookman LightItalic

BookmanCE LightItalic

Bookman Demi

BookmanCE Demi

Bookman DemiItalic

BookmanCE DemiItalic

Candid

Chicago

Chicago CE

Clarendon

ClarendonCE

Clarendon Light

ClarendonCE Light


7

App

endi

x

Clarendon Bold

ClarendonCE Bold

CooperBlack

CooperBlack Italic

Copperplate ThirtyTwoBC

Copperplate ThirtyThreeBC

Coronet Regular

CoronetCE Regular

Courier

CourierCE

Courier Oblique

CourierCE Oblique

Courier Bold

CourierCE Bold

Courier BoldOblique

CourierCE BoldOblique

Eurostile

EurostileCE

Eurostile Bold

EurostileCE Bold

Eurostile ExtendedTwo

EurostileCE ExtendedTwo

Eurostile BoldExtendedTwo

EurostileCE BoldExtendedTwo

Geneva

GenevaCE

GillSans

GillSansCE Roman


7

App

endi

x

GillSans Italic

GillSansCE Italic

GillSans Bold

GillSansCE Bold

GillSans BoldItalic

GillSansCE BoldItalic

GillSans Condensed

GillSansCE Condensed

GillSans BoldCondensed

GillSansCE BoldCondensed

GillSans Light

GillSansCE Light

GillSans LightItalic

GillSansCE LightItalic

GillSans ExtraBold

GillSansCE ExtraBold

Goudy

Goudy Italic

Goudy Bold

Goudy BoldItalic

Goudy ExtraBold

Helvetica

HelveticaCE

Helvetica Oblique

HelveticaCE Oblique

Helvetica Bold

HelveticaCE Bold

Helvetica BoldOblique


7

App

endi

x

HelveticaCE BoldOblique

Helvetica Condensed

HelveticaCE Cond

Helvetica Condensed Oblique

HelveticaCE CondObl

Helvetica Condensed Bold

HelveticaCE CondBold

Helvetica Condensed BoldObl

HelveticaCE CondBoldObl

Helvetica Narrow

HelveticaCE Narrow

Helvetica Narrow Bold

HelveticaCE NarrowBold

Helvetica Narrow BoldOblique

HelveticaCE Narrow BoldOblique

Helvetica Narrow Oblique

HelveticaCE NarrowOblique

HoeflerText Regular

HoeflerTextCE Regular

HoeflerText Italic

HoeflerTextCE Italic

HoeflerText Black

HoeflerTextCE Black

HoeflerText BlackItalic

HoeflerTextCE BlackItalic

HoeflerText Ornaments

JoannaMT

JoannaMTCE


7

App

endi

x

JoannaMT Italic

JoannaMTCE Italic

JoannaMT Bold

JoannaMTCE Bold

JoannaMT BoldItalic

JoannaMTCE BoldItalic

LetterGothic

LetterGothicCE

LetterGothic Slanted

LetterGothicCE Slanted

LetterGothic Bold

LetterGothicCE Bold

LetterGothic BoldSlanted

LetterGothicCE BoldSlanted

LubalinGraph Book

LubalinGraphCE Book

LubalinGraph BookOblique

LubalinGraphCE BookOblique

LubalinGraph Demi

LubalinGraphCE Demi

LubalinGraph DemiOblique

LubalinGraphCE DemiOblique

Marigold

Monaco

MonacoCE

MonaLisa Recut

NewCenturySchlbk Roman

NewCenturySchlbkCE Roman


7

App

endi

x

NewCenturySchlbk Italic

NewCenturySchlbkCE Italic

NewCenturySchlbk Bold

NewCenturySchlbkCE Bold

NewCenturySchlbk BoldItalic

NewCenturySchlbkCE BoldItalic

NewYork

NewYorkCE

Optima

OptimaCE Roman

Optima Italic

OptimaCE Italic

Optima Bold

OptimaCE Bold

Optima BoldItalic

OptimaCE BoldItalic

Oxford

Palatino Roman

PalatinoCE Roman

Palatino Italic

PalatinoCE Italic

Palatino Bold

PalatinoCE Bold

Palatino BoldItalic

PalatinoCE BoldItalic

StempelGaramond Roman

StempelGaramondCE Roman

StempelGaramond Italic


7

App

endi

x

StempelGaramondCE Italic

StempelGaramond Bold

StempelGaramondCE Bold

StempelGaramond BoldItalic

StempelGaramondCE BoldItalic

Symbol

Taffy

Times Roman

TimesCE Roman

Times Italic

TimesCE Italic

Times Bold

TimesCE Bold

Times BoldItalic

TimesCE BoldItalic

TimesNewRomanPSMT

TimesNewRomanCE

TimesNewRomanPS ItalicMT

TimesNewRomanCE Italic

TlmesNewRomanPS BoldMT

TimesNewRomanCE Bold

TimesNewRomanPS BoldItalicMT

TimesNewRomanCE BoldItalic

Univers

UniversCE Medium

Univers Oblique

UniversCE Oblique

Univers Bold


7

App

endi

x

UniversCE Bold

Univers BoldOblique

UniversCE BoldOblique

Univers Light

UniversCE Light

Univers LightOblique

UniversCE LightOblique

Univers Condensed

UniversCE Condensed

Univers CondensedOblique

UniversCE CondensedOblique

Univers CondensedBold

UniversCE CondensedBold

Univers CondensedBoldOblique

UniversCE CondensedBoldOblique

Univers Extended

UniversCE Extended

Univers ExtendedObl

UniversCE ExtendedObl

Univers BoldExt

UniversCE BoldExt

Univers BoldExtObl

UniversCE BoldExtObl

Wingdings Regular

ZapfChancery MediumItalic

ZapfChanceryCE MediumItalic

ZapfDingbats


7

App

endi

x

Symbol Sets

ASCII

DeskTop


7

App

endi

x

ISO 8859-1 Latin 1

ISO 8859-10 Latin 6


7

App

endi

x

ISO 8859-2 Latin 2

ISO 8859-9 Latin 5


7

App

endi

x

ISO French

ISO German


7

App

endi

x

ISO Italian

ISO Norwegian


7

App

endi

x

ISO Spanish

ISO Swedish


7

App

endi

x

ISO United Kingdom

Legal


7

App

endi

x

Math-8

MC Text


7

App

endi

x

Microsoft Publishing

PC-1004


7

App

endi

x

PC-775

PC-8


7

App

endi

x

PC-8 D/N

PC-850


7

App

endi

x

PC-852

PC-Turkish


7

App

endi

x

Pi Font

PS Math


7

App

endi

x

PS Text

Roman-8


7

App

endi

x

Symbol

Ventura International


7

App

endi

x

Ventura Math

Ventura US


7

App

endi

x

Windows 3.0 Latin 1

Windows 3.1 Latin 1


7

App

endi

x

Windows 3.1 Latin 2

Windows 3.1 Latin 5


7

App

endi

x

Windows Baltic

Wingdings


7

App

endi

x

Unicode

OCR-A


7

App

endi

x

OCR-B

Dingbats


7

App

endi

x

ISO Latin 9

PC-8 Greek


7

App

endi

x

PC-858

PC-860


7

App

endi

x

PC-865

Roman 9


7

App

endi

x

Configuration Page Samples

PCL Configuration Page

PS Configuration Page

a

b

c

d

e

g

f

a

b

c

d

e

f

h

Configuration Page Samples7-52

7

App

endi

x

The Configuration Page includes the following information:

aHardware Configuration

This section displays the hardware configuration of the machine, including any options that have been installed.

b Common SettingsThis section displays the common printer settings of the machine, as determined by the Settings menu. (See "Settings Menu," on p. 3-13.)

c Paper Feed

This section displays the paper feed settings for the printer function of the machine, as determined by the Paper Feed section of the Settings menu. (See "Paper Feed," on p. 3-14.)

d Print Quality

This section displays the print quality settings for the printer function of the machine, as determined by the Print Quality section of the Settings menu. (See "Print Quality," on p. 3-16.)

e LayoutThis section displays the layout settings for the printer function of the machine, as determined by the Layout section of the Settings menu. (See "Layout," on p. 3-20.)

f Copy Set Numbering

This section displays the copy set numbering settings for the printer function of the machine, as determined by the Copy Set Numbering section of the Settings menu. (See "Copy Set Numbering," on p. 3-37.)

g PCL SettingsThis section displays the PCL settings for the printer function of the machine, as determined by the PCL section of the Settings menu. (See "PCL Settings," on p. 3-51.)

h PS SettingsThis section displays the PS settings for the printer function of the machine, as determined by the PS section of the Settings menu. (See "PS Settings," on p. 3-64.)

Configuration Page Samples 7-53

7

App

endi

x

RGB/CMYK Test Page Samples

RGB Test Page

a

b

CMYK Test Page

c

d

RGB/CMYK Test Page Samples7-54

7

App

endi

x

The RGB/CMYK Test Page includes the following information:

aRGB Output Test Sample

An output colour sample, based on the RGB colour related settings specified on the touch panel display.

b RGB Color SettingsInformation regarding the RGB colour related settings specified in common settings and PS settings. An RGB Output Test Sample based on these settings is printed.

cCMYK Output Test Sample

An output colour sample, based on the CMYK colour related settings specified on the touch panel display.

dCMYK Color Settings

Information regarding the CMYK colour related settings specified in common settings and PS settings. A CMYK Output Test Sample based on these settings is printed.

RGB/CMYK Test Page Samples 7-55

7

App

endi

x

Color Chart Samples

RGB Color Chart

a

b

CMYK Color Chart

c

d

Color Chart Samples7-56

7

App

endi

x

The Color Chart includes the following information:

a RGB Color Chart

This chart is a methodically arranged overlapping colour sample of the 3 RGB colours, and its output based on the RGB colour related settings specified on the touch panel display. It shows what colours this machine can print with one fixed colour while changing the density of the other colours.

b RGB Color SettingsInformation regarding the RGB colour related settings specified in common settings and PS settings. An RGB Color Chart based on these settings is printed.

c CMYK Color Chart

This chart is a methodically arranged overlapping colour sample of the 4 CMYK colours, and its output based on the CMYK colour related settings specified on the touch panel display. It shows what colours this machine can print with one fixed colour while changing the density of the other colours.

dCMYK Color Settings

Information regarding the CMYK colour related settings specified in common settings and PS settings. A CMYK Color Chart based on these settings is printed.

Color Chart Samples 7-57

7

App

endi

x

Specifications

Specifications are subject to change without notice for product improvement or future release.

Software Specifications

*1 If you are using 330 x 483 mm size paper, 7 mm from the right and left edges and 4.23 mm from the top and bottom edges of the paper cannot be printed.

*2 If you are using 330 x 483 mm size paper, 7 mm from the right and left edges and 4 mm from the top and bottom edges of the paper cannot be printed.

*3 If you are using 320 x 450 mm (SRA3) or 305 x 457 mm size paper, 10 mm from the top, bottom, left, and right edges of the paper cannot be printed.

*4 If you are using 330 x 483 mm size paper, 12.6 mm from the top, bottom, left, and right edges of the paper cannot be printed.

Command Language PCL5c, PCL6, PostScript 3 emulation, and UFR II

Resident Fonts

PCL: 80 Scalable fonts, 2 OCR fonts, and 10 Bitmap fonts

PS: 136 Scalable fonts

Printable Area

PCL5c, PCL6*1:

Reduced to 4.23 mm from the top, bottom, left, and right edges of the paper.

PostScript 3 emulation*2:

Reduced to 4 mm from the top, bottom, left, and right edges of the paper.

UFR II*3*4:

Reduced to 5 mm from the top, bottom, left, and right edges of the paper.

Specifications7-58

Index

7

App

endi

x

Numerics2-Sided, 5-16, 5-24, 5-342-Sided Printing, 3-13, 3-20

AAccessing the Printer Settings Menu, 1-8Accessing the Report Settings Menu, 1-11Advanced Smoothing

Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5), 5-12PCL Settings, 3-63PDF1.5 Settings, 3-95PS Settings, 3-75UFR II Settings, 3-50

Append CR to LF, 3-55Attributes of Fonts, 7-2Auto Continue, 3-25Auto Detect, 3-41

BBinding Location, 3-20, 5-16, 5-24, 5-34Bitmapped Fonts, 7-7Black, 3-16Black and White, 3-41Black Overprint

Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5), 5-15PDF1.5 Settings, 3-89PS Settings, 3-71

Booklet, 3-33, 3-34, 5-17Brightness


CCancelling All Operations, 2-17Cancelling Print Jobs, 2-13Carriage Return, 3-55Character Width, 7-2, 7-5CIE based colour, 3-66, 3-85

CMS(Matching) Selection, 3-48, 3-61CMS(Matching)/Gamma, 3-49, 3-62CMYK Color Chart, 4-5CMYK colour model, 3-66, 3-86CMYK Pure Black Process

Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging), 5-36Imaging Settings, 3-83PS Settings, 3-69

CMYK Simulation ProfileDirect Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging), 5-35Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5), 5-14PDF1.5 Settings, 3-86PS Settings, 3-66

CMYK Test Page, 4-4Collate, 3-27Color, 3-39Color Mode, 3-41, 5-13, 5-33Color Paper, 3-14Colorimetric, 3-68, 3-82, 3-88Combine Color Separations, 3-72Comment Print, 3-94, 5-18Composite Overprint

PDF1.5 Settings, 3-90PS Settings, 3-74

Compressed Image Output, 3-43Configuration Page (PCL), 1-11, 4-3Configuration Page (PS), 1-11, 4-4Control Command, 1-2Copies, 3-13, 5-16, 5-24, 5-33Copy Set Numbering, 3-37Cover Sheet, 3-13Cpi, 3-52Creep Correction, 3-35Custom Paper, 3-53Cyan, 3-16

DDefault Paper Size, 3-14Default Paper Type, 3-14Density

Copy Set Numbering, 3-39Print Quality, 3-16

Density Fine Adjustment, 3-17Device independent colour, 3-66, 3-86

Index 7-59

7

App

endi

x

Direct Print, 1-3, 5-2Dither pattern, 3-44, 3-57, 3-73, 3-78, 3-93DNS server, 5-5, 5-29Document Name after Storing, 5-25Download Fonts, 3-96, 6-25Download Profile

CMYK Simulation Profile, 3-66Output Profile, 3-67RGB Source Profile, 3-65

EEncrypted Secured Prints, 2-30Enlarge A4 Print Width, 3-56Enlarge Print Area

Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging), 5-34Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5), 5-16Imaging Settings, 3-78PDF1.5 Settings, 3-92

Enlarge/Reduce to Fit Size, 3-91, 5-16Error Diffusion, 3-44, 3-57, 3-73, 3-78, 3-93Error indicator, 6-2, 6-3Error Messages, 6-2Error Skip, 6-3Euro Standard, 3-66, 3-86

FFinishing, 3-27, 5-17, 5-25Fixed Spacing, 7-5Fixed/PS, 7-2, 7-5Font Download, 6-25Font Lists

PCL, 4-3, 7-8, 7-13, 7-15PS, 4-4, 7-10, 7-13, 7-19Sample, 7-13

Font Number, 3-52Fonts

Attributes, 7-2Bitmapped, 7-7, 7-18Definition, 7-2Scalable, 7-7, 7-8, 7-15Symbol Sets, 7-9

Form Feed, 3-26Form Feeding Print Data, 2-21Form Lines, 3-52Full Color, 3-41

GGamma, 3-49, 3-62, 3-79, 3-85

Gradation, 3-42, 3-44, 3-57, 3-73, 3-78, 3-93Gradation Setting, 3-42Graphics, 3-42, 3-44, 3-57, 3-61, 3-73, 3-93Gray Compensation

PCL Settings, 3-61PDF1.5 Settings, 3-91UFR II Settings, 3-48

Grayscale ProfileDirect Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging), 5-35Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5), 5-15Imaging Settings, 3-81PDF1.5 Settings, 3-87PS Settings, 3-67

Group, 3-27

HHalftones

Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging), 5-34Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5), 5-11Imaging Settings, 3-78PCL Settings, 3-57PDF1.5 Settings, 3-93PS Settings, 3-73UFR II Settings, 3-44

Halo Effect, 3-71, 3-89Heavy Paper, 3-15Hole Punch, 5-17, 5-25

IImage, 3-42, 3-44, 3-57, 3-61, 3-73, 3-93Image Compression, 3-18Image Orientation, 3-76, 5-33Image Priority, 3-18Imaging Settings, 3-10, 3-76Initialize, 3-43Initialize Error, 6-3Initialize PCL Hard Disk, 3-96, 6-25Initialize PS Hard Disk, 3-96, 6-25Internet Explorer, 5-3Italics, 7-3

JJapanColor(Canon), 3-66, 3-86Job Securing Time, 3-25Job Timeout, 3-64

Index7-60

7

App

endi

x

KKnockout, 3-71, 3-89

LLabels, 3-14, 3-32Landscape, 3-51Layout, 3-20Letterhead, 3-13Line Control, 3-19Line Feed, 3-55Log Screen

Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen, 2-6

Checking Jobs from the System Monitor Screen, 2-10

LPR command, 5-39

MMagenta, 3-16Manual Feed, 5-16Margin, 3-21, 3-33, 3-37, 6-15Matching Method


Memory Full, 3-26Menu Functions, 1-5Misalignment, 3-71, 3-89Moiré, 3-44, 3-57, 3-73, 3-78, 3-93MS-DOS, 6-14My Job Status Screen, 2-5

NN-up Print, 3-92NetSpot Resource Downloader, 3-65, 3-66, 3-67Normal, 3-67, 3-81, 3-87Number Position Horizontal, 3-40Number Position Vertical, 3-40Number Size, 3-39

OOblique, 7-3OCR, 7-9Offset, 5-17, 5-25Offset Long Edge (Back), 3-24Offset Long Edge (Front), 3-23Offset Short Edge (Back), 3-24Offset Short Edge (Front), 3-23Offset+Collate, 3-27Offset+Group, 3-27, 3-37Orientation, 3-51, 7-2, 7-5Output Profile


PPage Layout, 5-17Page Order, 5-17Paper Feed, 3-14Paper Save

PCL Settings, 3-51UFR II Settings, 3-50

Paper Size, 5-16, 5-33Paper Size Override, 3-16Paper Type, 5-16, 5-33PCL, 3-51, 4-3, 7-18PCL Menu, 4-3PCL Mode, 1-3PCL Settings, 3-7, 3-51PDF1.5 Settings, 3-11, 3-84Perceptual, 3-68, 3-82, 3-88Perform Gray Compensation, 5-15Perform Spot Color Matching, 5-15Personality, 3-41Photo, 3-67Pitch, 3-52, 7-2, 7-4, 7-14Plain Paper, 3-14Point Size, 3-52, 7-2, 7-4, 7-14Portrait, 3-51PostScript Emulation Mode, 1-3Pre-punched, 3-14, 3-32Print After Completing RIP, 3-26Print Position

Copy Set Numbering, 3-38Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging), 5-34Imaging Settings, 3-77

Index 7-61

7

App

endi

x

Print PS Errors, 3-64Print Quality, 3-16Print Quality Problems, 6-16Printer Driver, 1-2Printer Settings Menu

Functions List, 3-4Overview, 1-7Storing, 1-5Using, 1-8

Printer Trouble, 6-13Printing Problems, 6-13, 6-14Processing/Data indicator, 3-26, 6-13, 6-14Proportional Spacing, 7-5Protocol, 5-8PS, 3-64, 4-4PS Fonts, 7-10PS Menu, 4-4PS Settings, 3-9, 3-64Punch, 3-32Punch Unit, 3-32Pure Black Text


RRaster Image Processor, 3-26Recycled Paper, 3-14Remote UI, 1-5, 5-4Render Color Space, 3-84, 5-13Report Settings Menu

Functions List, 4-2Using, 1-11

Reset Printer, 3-97Resolution, 3-17, 3-44, 3-57, 3-73, 3-78, 3-93, 5-11,

5-24RGB Color Chart, 4-5RGB colour model, 3-65, 3-79, 3-85RGB Pure Black Process

Direct Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging), 5-36Imaging Settings, 3-83PS Settings, 3-69

RGB Source ProfileDirect Printing from the Remote UI (Imaging), 5-35Direct Printing from the Remote UI (PDF1.5), 5-14Imaging Settings, 3-79PCL Settings, 3-58PDF1.5 Settings, 3-85PS Settings, 3-65UFR II Settings, 3-45

RGB Test Page, 4-4RIP

Print After Completing, 3-26

Rotate, 5-17, 5-25Rotate+Collate, 3-27Rotate+Group, 3-27

SSaddle Stitch, 3-34, 5-17Safari, 5-3Saturation, 3-68, 3-82, 3-88Scalable Fonts, 7-6, 7-7, 7-8Secured Prints, 2-27, 3-25, 3-26, 3-29Self-diagnostic (Error) Displays, 6-2Service Call, 6-2, 6-3Settings Menu, 3-4, 3-13Sharpness, 3-19Show Warnings, 3-77, 5-34Skipping an Error During Printing, 2-23Smooth, 3-42Software Specifications, 7-58Spacing, 7-14Specifications, 7-58Speed Priority, 3-18Spot Color Matching, 3-72Stack Bypass, 3-13Staple Position, 3-27, 3-30, 5-17, 5-25Staple+Collate, 3-27, 3-28, 3-30, 3-31Staple+Group, 3-30, 3-31Starting Number, 3-38Status Screen

Checking Jobs from the Print Basic Features Screen, 2-5

Checking Jobs from the System Monitor Screen, 2-9Stroke Weight, 7-2, 7-3, 7-14Store In User Inbox, 5-18, 5-25Style, 7-3, 7-14Symbol Set, 3-53, 7-2, 7-6, 7-9, 7-28System Management, 3-96, 6-25System Requirements, 5-3

TTab Paper, 3-14Temporarily Stopping Print Jobs, 2-18Text, 3-73, 3-93Timeout, 3-26, 3-64Toner Save, 3-17Toner Volume Adjustment, 3-19TR Normal, 3-67TR Photo, 3-67

Index7-62

7

App

endi

x

Transparency, 3-32, 3-36Transparency Interleaving, 3-36Typeface, 7-2, 7-3Typeface Samples, 7-15

Bitmapped Fonts, 7-18PS Fonts, 7-19Standard Scalable Fonts, 7-15

UUFR II Mode, 1-3UFR II Settings, 3-6, 3-44Unit of Measure, 3-53UNIX, 3-14Upright, 7-3US Web Ctd(Canon), 3-66, 3-86Use Composite Overprinting, 5-15Utility Menu, 3-12, 3-96

WWait Timeout, 3-64

XX dimension, 3-54

YY dimension, 3-54Yellow, 3-16

ZZoom, 3-76, 5-34

Index 7-63

7

App

endi

x

Index7-64

0

CANON INC.30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, JapanCANON U.S.A., INC.One Canon Plaza, Lake Success, NY 11042, U.S.A.CANON CANADA INC.6390 Dixie Road Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1P7, CanadaCANON EUROPA N.V.Bovenkerkerweg 59-61 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands(See http://www.canon-europe.com/ for details on your regional dealer)CANON LATIN AMERICA, INC.703 Waterford Way Suite 400 Miami, Florida 33126 U.S.A.CANON AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD1 Thomas Holt Drive, North Ryde, Sydney, N.S.W. 2113, AustraliaCANON CHINA CO.,LTD15F Jinbao Building No.89 Jinbao Street, Dongcheng District, Beijing 100005, ChinaCANON SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.1 HarbourFront Avenue #04-01 Keppel Bay Tower, Singapore 098632CANON HONGKONG CO., LTD19/F., The Metropolis Tower, 10 Metropolis Drive, Hunghom, Kowloon, Hong Kong

USRM1-4209-00 © CANON INC. 2008